ag/cpython-source-deps
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Import Tix 8.4.3.5 (as of svn r86089)

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Zachary Ware
2017-05-22 16:16:49 -05:00
parent d239d63057
commit 80ba28babb
769 changed files with 136423 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

81
docs/html/TixBook/TixBook.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Tix Programming Guide</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif_gr.gif"> <IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif_gr.gif"> <A NAME=tex2html3 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html2 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html>Contents</A>
<HR> <P>
<P>
<CENTER><H1>The Tix Programming Guide</H1>
<P><b>
Tix Group,<BR><i><A HREF="http://tix.sourceforge.net">http://tix.sourceforge.net</A>
</i>
</b><P>
<P><b>
<P>
<IMG SRC="../gif/tix/tix32.gif">
<P>
</b><P>
</CENTER>
<P>
<P>Fri Nov 30 00:51:12 PST 2001
.
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html4 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html#SECTION00010000000000000000>Contents</A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html5 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html#SECTION00020000000000000000> Preface</A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html6 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html#SECTION00021000000000000000> About This Manual<A NAME=01>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html7 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html#SECTION00022000000000000000> About This Document<A NAME=02>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html8 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html#SECTION00023000000000000000> Organization of This Manual<A NAME=03>&nbsp;</A><A NAME=04>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html9 HREF=section3_3.html#SECTION00030000000000000000> Introduction<A NAME=1>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html10 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html#SECTION00031000000000000000> What is Tix<A NAME=11>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html11 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html#SECTION00032000000000000000> Getting Started: the TixControl Widget<A NAME=12>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html12 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html#SECTION00033000000000000000> Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets<A NAME=13>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html13 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html#SECTION00034000000000000000> Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox<A NAME=14>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html14 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html#SECTION00035000000000000000> The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html15 HREF=section3_4.html#SECTION00040000000000000000> Container Widgets<A NAME=2>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html16 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html#SECTION00041000000000000000> TixNoteBook<A NAME=21>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html17 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html#SECTION00042000000000000000> PanedWindow<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html18 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html#SECTION00043000000000000000> The Family of Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html19 HREF=section3_5.html#SECTION00050000000000000000> Tabular Listbox and Display Items<A NAME=3>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html20 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html#SECTION00051000000000000000> tixTList - The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget<A NAME=31>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html21 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html#SECTION00052000000000000000> Display Items<A NAME=32>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html22 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html#SECTION00053000000000000000> Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget<A NAME=33>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html23 HREF=section3_6.html#SECTION00060000000000000000> Hierarchical Listbox<A NAME=4>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html24 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html#SECTION00061000000000000000> TixHList - The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html25 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html#SECTION00062000000000000000> Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html26 HREF=section3_7.html#SECTION00070000000000000000> Selecting Files and Directories<A NAME=5>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html27 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html#SECTION00071000000000000000> File Selection Dialog Widgets<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html28 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html#SECTION00072000000000000000> Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets<A NAME=52>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html29 HREF=section3_8.html#SECTION00080000000000000000> Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=6>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html30 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html#SECTION00081000000000000000> Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=61>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html31 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html#SECTION00082000000000000000> Widget Class Declaration<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html32 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html#SECTION00083000000000000000> Writing Methods<A NAME=63>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html33 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html#SECTION00084000000000000000> Standard Initialization Methods<A NAME=64>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html34 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html#SECTION00085000000000000000> Declaring and Using Variables<A NAME=65>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html35 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html#SECTION00086000000000000000> Summary of Widget Instance Initialization<A NAME=66>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html36 HREF=subsection3_8_7.html#SECTION00087000000000000000> Loading the New Classes<A NAME=67>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

5
docs/html/TixBook/images.pl Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
# LaTeX2HTML 0.5.3 (Wed Jan 26 1994)
# Associate image original text (scrambled) with physical files.
1;

131
docs/html/TixBook/labels.pl Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
# LaTeX2HTML 0.5.3 (Wed Jan 26 1994)
# Associate symbolic labels with physical files.
$external_labels{"65"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_5.html";
$external_labels{"335"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_5.html";
$external_labels{"137"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_7.html";
$external_labels{"3"} ="$URL/section3_5.html";
$external_labels{"12"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_2_1.html";
$external_labels{"642"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_4_4.html";
$external_labels{"514"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_4.html";
$external_labels{"111"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_1.html";
$external_labels{"31"} ="$URL/subsection3_5_1.html";
$external_labels{"24"} ="$URL/subsection3_4_2.html";
$external_labels{"17"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_6.html";
$external_labels{"652"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_5_3.html";
$external_labels{"121"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_2_1.html";
$external_labels{"43"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_1.html";
$external_labels{"36"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_4.html";
$external_labels{"29"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_3_2.html";
$external_labels{"336"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_6.html";
$external_labels{"131"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_1.html";
$external_labels{"62"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_2_1.html";
$external_labels{"55"} ="$URL/subsection3_7_2.html";
$external_labels{"643"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_4_5.html";
$external_labels{"6412"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html";
$external_labels{"6122"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html";
$external_labels{"515"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html";
$external_labels{"211"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_1_1.html";
$external_labels{"141"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_4_1.html";
$external_labels{"112"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html";
$external_labels{"02"} ="$URL/subsectionstar3_2_2.html";
$external_labels{"67"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_7.html";
$external_labels{"1511"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html";
$external_labels{"1221"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html";
$external_labels{"221"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_1.html";
$external_labels{"21"} ="$URL/subsection3_4_1.html";
$external_labels{"151"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_1.html";
$external_labels{"122"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_2_2.html";
$external_labels{"14"} ="$URL/subsection3_3_4.html";
$external_labels{"2"} ="$URL/section3_4.html";
$external_labels{"33"} ="$URL/subsection3_5_3.html";
$external_labels{"231"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_3_1.html";
$external_labels{"26"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_2.html";
$external_labels{"19"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_4_1.html";
$external_labels{"132"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_2.html";
$external_labels{"6"} ="$URL/section3_8.html";
$external_labels{"52"} ="$URL/subsection3_7_2.html";
$external_labels{"45"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_2.html";
$external_labels{"212"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_1_2.html";
$external_labels{"113"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_5.html";
$external_labels{"142"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_4_2.html";
$external_labels{"64"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_4.html";
$external_labels{"321"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_2_1.html";
$external_labels{"222"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_2.html";
$external_labels{"152"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_5.html";
$external_labels{"123"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_2_4.html";
$external_labels{"04"} ="$URL/subsectionstar3_2_3.html";
$external_labels{"11"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_1_1.html";
$external_labels{"331"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_1.html";
$external_labels{"232"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_3_2.html";
$external_labels{"133"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_3.html";
$external_labels{"6521"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html";
$external_labels{"23"} ="$URL/subsection3_4_3.html";
$external_labels{"16"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_5.html";
$external_labels{"411"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_1.html";
$external_labels{"213"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_1_3.html";
$external_labels{"114"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_7.html";
$external_labels{"143"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_4_3.html";
$external_labels{"1"} ="$URL/section3_3.html";
$external_labels{"6411"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html";
$external_labels{"6121"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html";
$external_labels{"42"} ="$URL/subsection3_6_2.html";
$external_labels{"35"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_2.html";
$external_labels{"28"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_3_1.html";
$external_labels{"322"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_2_2.html";
$external_labels{"223"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_3.html";
$external_labels{"153"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_6.html";
$external_labels{"TableofContents"} ="$URL/tableofcontents3_1.html";
$external_labels{"61"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_1_1.html";
$external_labels{"54"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html";
$external_labels{"5"} ="$URL/section3_7.html";
$external_labels{"47"} ="$URL/subsection3_6_2.html";
$external_labels{"332"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_2.html";
$external_labels{"1513"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html";
$external_labels{"134"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_4.html";
$external_labels{"01"} ="$URL/subsectionstar3_2_1.html";
$external_labels{"66"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_6.html";
$external_labels{"511"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_1.html";
$external_labels{"412"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_2.html";
$external_labels{"214"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_1_4.html";
$external_labels{"144"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_4_4.html";
$external_labels{"13"} ="$URL/subsection3_3_3.html";
$external_labels{"224"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_4.html";
$external_labels{"154"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_5_7.html";
$external_labels{"Contents"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_7.html";
$external_labels{"32"} ="$URL/subsection3_5_2.html";
$external_labels{"25"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_2_1.html";
$external_labels{"18"} ="$URL/subsection3_3_4.html";
$external_labels{"333"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_3.html";
$external_labels{"135"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_5.html";
$external_labels{"51"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_1.html";
$external_labels{"44"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_2.html";
$external_labels{"6511"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html";
$external_labels{"611"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_1_1.html";
$external_labels{"512"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_2.html";
$external_labels{"413"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_3.html";
$external_labels{"63"} ="$URL/subsection3_8_3.html";
$external_labels{"56"} ="$URL/subsection3_7_2.html";
$external_labels{"4"} ="$URL/section3_6.html";
$external_labels{"621"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_2_1.html";
$external_labels{"03"} ="$URL/subsectionstar3_2_3.html";
$external_labels{"631"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_3_1.html";
$external_labels{"6123"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html";
$external_labels{"334"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_3_4.html";
$external_labels{"22"} ="$URL/subsection3_4_2.html";
$external_labels{"15"} ="$URL/subsection3_3_5.html";
$external_labels{"136"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_3_3_6.html";
$external_labels{"641"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_4_1.html";
$external_labels{"612"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_1_2.html";
$external_labels{"513"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_3.html";
$external_labels{"414"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_6_1_4.html";
$external_labels{"41"} ="$URL/subsection3_6_1.html";
$external_labels{"34"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_5_2_2.html";
$external_labels{"27"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_4_3_1.html";
$external_labels{"1512"} ="$URL/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html";
$external_labels{"110"} ="$URL/subsection3_3_5.html";
$external_labels{"651"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_8_5_1.html";
$external_labels{"53"} ="$URL/subsubsection3_7_1_3.html";
$external_labels{"46"} ="$URL/subsection3_6_2.html";
1;

62
docs/html/TixBook/section3_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Introduction<A NAME=1>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html200 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html198 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html192 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html202 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html201 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html> What is Tix</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html199 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html193 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html> Organization of This </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00030000000000000000> Introduction<A NAME=1>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html203 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html#SECTION00031000000000000000> What is Tix<A NAME=11>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html204 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html#SECTION00031100000000000000> Tix for Application Programmers<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html205 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html#SECTION00031200000000000000> Tix for Widget Developers<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html206 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html#SECTION00032000000000000000> Getting Started: the TixControl Widget<A NAME=12>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html207 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html#SECTION00032100000000000000> Creating a TixControl Widget<A NAME=121>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html208 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html#SECTION00032200000000000000> Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget<A NAME=122>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html209 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html#SECTION00032300000000000000> Disabling Callbacks Temporarily<A NAME=1221>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html210 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html#SECTION00032400000000000000> Validating User Inputs<A NAME=123>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html211 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html#SECTION00033000000000000000> Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets<A NAME=13>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html212 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html#SECTION00033100000000000000> Subwidgets<A NAME=131>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html213 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html#SECTION00033200000000000000> Subwidget Names<A NAME=132>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html214 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html#SECTION00033300000000000000> The <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=133>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html215 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html#SECTION00033400000000000000> Chaining the <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=134>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html216 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html#SECTION00033500000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch<A NAME=135>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html217 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html#SECTION00033600000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database<A NAME=136>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html218 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html#SECTION00033700000000000000> Caution: Restricted Access<A NAME=137>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html219 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html#SECTION00034000000000000000> Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox<A NAME=14>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html220 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html#SECTION00034100000000000000> Creating a TixComboBox Widget<A NAME=141>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html221 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html#SECTION00034200000000000000> Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox<A NAME=142>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html222 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html#SECTION00034300000000000000> Static Options<A NAME=143>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html223 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html#SECTION00034400000000000000> Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions<A NAME=144>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html224 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html#SECTION00035000000000000000> The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html225 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html#SECTION00035100000000000000> Creating A TixSelect Widget<A NAME=151>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html226 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html#SECTION00035200000000000000> Label and Orientation<A NAME=1511>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html227 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html#SECTION00035300000000000000> Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring
Their Appearance<A NAME=1512>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html228 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html#SECTION00035400000000000000> Accessing the Button Subwidgets<A NAME=1513>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html229 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html#SECTION00035500000000000000> Specifying Selection Rules<A NAME=152>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html230 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html#SECTION00035600000000000000> Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=153>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html231 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html#SECTION00035700000000000000> Specifying Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=154>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

53
docs/html/TixBook/section3_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Container Widgets<A NAME=2>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html571 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html569 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html563 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html573 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html572 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html570 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html564 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html> Specifying Complex Selection </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00040000000000000000> Container Widgets<A NAME=2>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
<P>
In addition to providing some nice-looking interface elements, Tix
offers some useful ways to organize the elements that you create.
It does this by providing <em>container widgets</em>, which are widgets
designed to contain whatever you want to put into them.
<P>
Different container widgets have different policies as to how they
arrange the widgets inside them. In this chapter, we'll talk about
TixNoteBook, which arranges its subwidgets using a notebook metaphor,
TixPanedWindow, which arranges its subwidgets in non-overlapping
horizontal or vertical panes, and a family of ``Scrolled Widgets'', which
attach scrollbars to their subwidgets.
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html574 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html#SECTION00041000000000000000> TixNoteBook<A NAME=21>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html575 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html#SECTION00041100000000000000> Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook<A NAME=211>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html576 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html#SECTION00041200000000000000> Keyboard Accelerators<A NAME=212>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html577 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html#SECTION00041300000000000000> Delaying the Creation of New Pages<A NAME=213>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html578 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html#SECTION00041400000000000000> Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages<A NAME=214>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html579 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html#SECTION00042000000000000000> PanedWindow<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html580 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html#SECTION00042100000000000000> Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=221>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html581 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html#SECTION00042200000000000000> Putting Widgets Inside the Panes<A NAME=222>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html582 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html#SECTION00042300000000000000> Setting the Order of the Panes<A NAME=223>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html583 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html#SECTION00042400000000000000> Changing the Sizes of the Panes<A NAME=224>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html584 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html#SECTION00043000000000000000> The Family of Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html585 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html#SECTION00043100000000000000> The Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=231>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html586 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html#SECTION00043200000000000000> Other Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=232>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

37
docs/html/TixBook/section3_5.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Tabular Listbox and Display Items<A NAME=3>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html740 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html738 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html732 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html742 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html741 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html> tixTList - The </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html739 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html733 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html> Other Scrolled Widgets</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00050000000000000000> Tabular Listbox and Display Items<A NAME=3>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html743 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html#SECTION00051000000000000000> tixTList - The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget<A NAME=31>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html744 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html#SECTION00052000000000000000> Display Items<A NAME=32>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html745 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html#SECTION00052100000000000000> Advantages of Display Items<A NAME=321>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html746 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html#SECTION00052200000000000000> Display Items and Display Styles<A NAME=322>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html747 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html#SECTION00053000000000000000> Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget<A NAME=33>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html748 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html#SECTION00053100000000000000> Creating Display Items<A NAME=331>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html749 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html#SECTION00053200000000000000> Setting the Styles of the Display Items<A NAME=332>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html750 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html#SECTION00053300000000000000> Configuring and Deleting the Items<A NAME=333>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html751 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html#SECTION00053400000000000000> Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns<A NAME=334>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html752 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html#SECTION00053500000000000000> Event Handling<A NAME=335>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html753 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html#SECTION00053600000000000000> Selection<A NAME=336>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

30
docs/html/TixBook/section3_6.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Hierarchical Listbox<A NAME=4>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html885 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html883 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html877 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html887 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html886 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html884 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html878 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html> Selection</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00060000000000000000> Hierarchical Listbox<A NAME=4>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html888 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html#SECTION00061000000000000000> TixHList - The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html889 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html#SECTION00061100000000000000> Creating a Hierarchical List<A NAME=411>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html890 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html#SECTION00061200000000000000> Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=412>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html891 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html#SECTION00061300000000000000> Controlling the Layout of the Entries<A NAME=413>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html892 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html#SECTION00061400000000000000> Handling the Selection and User Event<A NAME=414>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html893 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html#SECTION00062000000000000000> Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

35
docs/html/TixBook/section3_7.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Selecting Files and Directories<A NAME=5>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html968 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html966 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html960 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html970 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html969 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html967 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html961 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html> Creating Collapsible Tree </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00070000000000000000> Selecting Files and Directories<A NAME=5>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
<P>
One task that an application has to perform frequently is to ask the user
to select files or directories. To select files, you can use the Tix <em>File Selection Widgets</em>: TixFileSelectDialog and
TixExFileSelectDialog. To select directories, you can use the Tix <em>Directory Selection Widgets</em>: TixDirList and TixDirTree.
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html971 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html#SECTION00071000000000000000> File Selection Dialog Widgets<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html972 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html#SECTION00071100000000000000> Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=511>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html973 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html#SECTION00071200000000000000> The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=512>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html974 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html#SECTION00071300000000000000> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=513>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html975 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html#SECTION00071400000000000000> Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog<A NAME=514>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html976 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html#SECTION00071500000000000000> 5.1.5 The <b><tt>tix filedialog</tt></b> Command<A NAME=515>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html977 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html#SECTION00072000000000000000> Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets<A NAME=52>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

59
docs/html/TixBook/section3_8.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=6>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1062 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1060 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1056 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1064 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1063 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1061 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1057 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html> Selecting Directories with </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00080000000000000000> Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=6>&nbsp;</A></A></H1>
<P>
<em>This chapter is intended for experienced programmers who want to
create new Tix widgets. If you just want use the Tix widgets in your
applications, you can skip this chapter.</em>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1065 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html#SECTION00081000000000000000> Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=61>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1066 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html#SECTION00081100000000000000> Widget Classes and Widget Instances<A NAME=611>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1067 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html#SECTION00081200000000000000> What is in a Widget Instance<A NAME=612>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1068 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html#SECTION00081300000000000000> Variables<A NAME=6121>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1069 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html#SECTION00081400000000000000> Methods<A NAME=6122>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1070 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html#SECTION00081500000000000000> Component Widgets<A NAME=6123>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1071 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html#SECTION00082000000000000000> Widget Class Declaration<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1072 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html#SECTION00082100000000000000> Using the tixWidgetClass Command<A NAME=621>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1073 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html#SECTION00083000000000000000> Writing Methods<A NAME=63>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1074 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html#SECTION00083100000000000000> Declaring Public Methods<A NAME=631>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1075 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html#SECTION00084000000000000000> Standard Initialization Methods<A NAME=64>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1076 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html#SECTION00084100000000000000> The InitWidgetRec Method<A NAME=641>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1077 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html#SECTION00084200000000000000> Chaining Methods<A NAME=6411>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1078 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html#SECTION00084300000000000000> The tixChainMethod call<A NAME=6412>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1079 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html#SECTION00084400000000000000> The ConstructWidget Method<A NAME=642>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1080 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html#SECTION00084500000000000000> The SetBindings Method<A NAME=643>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1081 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html#SECTION00085000000000000000> Declaring and Using Variables<A NAME=65>&nbsp;</A></A>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1082 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html#SECTION00085100000000000000> Initialization of Public Variables<A NAME=651>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1083 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html#SECTION00085200000000000000> Type Checker<A NAME=6511>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1084 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_3.html#SECTION00085300000000000000> Public Variable Configuration Methods<A NAME=652>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1085 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html#SECTION00085400000000000000> Configuration Methods and Public Variable Initialization<A NAME=6521>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1086 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html#SECTION00086000000000000000> Summary of Widget Instance Initialization<A NAME=66>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1087 HREF=subsection3_8_7.html#SECTION00087000000000000000> Loading the New Classes<A NAME=67>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

25
docs/html/TixBook/sectionstar3_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Preface</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html155 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html153 HREF=TixBook.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html147 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html157 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html156 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html> About This Manual</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html154 HREF=TixBook.html>Tix Programming Guide</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html148 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html>Contents</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H1><A NAME=SECTION00020000000000000000> Preface</A></H1>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html158 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html#SECTION00021000000000000000> About This Manual<A NAME=01>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html159 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html#SECTION00022000000000000000> About This Document<A NAME=02>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html160 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html#SECTION00023000000000000000> Organization of This Manual<A NAME=03>&nbsp;</A><A NAME=04>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

24
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> What is Tix<A NAME=11>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html240 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html238 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html232 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html242 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html241 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html> Tix for Application </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html239 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html233 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00031000000000000000> What is Tix<A NAME=11>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html243 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html#SECTION00031100000000000000> Tix for Application Programmers<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html244 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html#SECTION00031200000000000000> Tix for Widget Developers<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

36
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Getting Started: the TixControl Widget<A NAME=12>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html273 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html271 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html265 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html275 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html274 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html> Creating a TixControl </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html272 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html266 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html> Tix for Widget </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00032000000000000000> Getting Started: the TixControl Widget<A NAME=12>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
<em>Pre-requisites: you should be familiar with Tk widgets and
programming, or read the Tk book along with this book</em>
<P>
Before delving into the deep philosophy of the Tix widgets, let us
first have a quick example to demonstrate the usefulness and
convenience of an Tix widget: the TixControl is basically an entry
widget that displays a value. Next to the entry, there are two up
and down arrow buttons for you to adjust the value inside the entry
widget.
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html276 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html#SECTION00032100000000000000> Creating a TixControl Widget<A NAME=121>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html277 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html#SECTION00032200000000000000> Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget<A NAME=122>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html278 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html#SECTION00032300000000000000> Disabling Callbacks Temporarily<A NAME=1221>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html279 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html#SECTION00032400000000000000> Validating User Inputs<A NAME=123>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

29
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets<A NAME=13>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html330 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html328 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html322 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html332 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html331 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html> Subwidgets</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html329 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html323 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html> Validating User Inputs</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00033000000000000000> Accessing The Components Inside Mega Widgets<A NAME=13>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html333 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html#SECTION00033100000000000000> Subwidgets<A NAME=131>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html334 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html#SECTION00033200000000000000> Subwidget Names<A NAME=132>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html335 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html#SECTION00033300000000000000> The <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=133>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html336 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html#SECTION00033400000000000000> Chaining the <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=134>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html337 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html#SECTION00033500000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch<A NAME=135>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html338 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html#SECTION00033600000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database<A NAME=136>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html339 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html#SECTION00033700000000000000> Caution: Restricted Access<A NAME=137>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

40
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox<A NAME=14>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html423 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html421 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html415 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html425 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html424 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html> Creating a TixComboBox </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html422 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html416 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html> Caution: Restricted Access</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00034000000000000000> Another Tix Widget: TixComboBox<A NAME=14>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
The <em>TixComboBox</em> widget is very similar to the ComboBox widgets
available in MS Windows and Motif 2.0. A TixComboBox consists of an entry
widget and a listbox widget. Usually, the ComboBox contains a list of
possible values for the user to select. The user may also choose an
alternative value by typing it in the entry widget. Figure 1-8
shows two ComboBoxes for the user to choose fonts and
character sizes. You can see fro the figure that a listbox is popped down
from the ComboBox for fonts for the user to choose among a list of
possible fonts.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/combo.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html426 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html#SECTION00034100000000000000> Creating a TixComboBox Widget<A NAME=141>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html427 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html#SECTION00034200000000000000> Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox<A NAME=142>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html428 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html#SECTION00034300000000000000> Static Options<A NAME=143>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html429 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html#SECTION00034400000000000000> Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions<A NAME=144>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

45
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_3_5.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html478 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html476 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html472 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html480 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html479 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html> Creating A TixSelect </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html477 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html473 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html> Monitoring the User's </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00035000000000000000> The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
The TixSelect widget figure 1-10 provides you the same
kind of facility that is available with the Tk <tt>radiobutton</tt> and
<tt>checkbutton</tt> widgets. That is, TixSelect allows the user to
select one or a few values out of many choices. However, TixSelect
is superior because it allows you to layout the choices in much less
space than what is required by the Tk <tt>radiobutton</tt>
widgets. Also, TixSelect supports complicated selection
rules. Because of these reasons, TixSelect is a primary choice for
implementing toolbar buttons, which often have strict space
requirements and complicated selection rules.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/select.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html481 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html#SECTION00035100000000000000> Creating A TixSelect Widget<A NAME=151>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html482 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html#SECTION00035200000000000000> Label and Orientation<A NAME=1511>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html483 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html#SECTION00035300000000000000> Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring
Their Appearance<A NAME=1512>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html484 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html#SECTION00035400000000000000> Accessing the Button Subwidgets<A NAME=1513>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html485 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html#SECTION00035500000000000000> Specifying Selection Rules<A NAME=152>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html486 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html#SECTION00035600000000000000> Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=153>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html487 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html#SECTION00035700000000000000> Specifying Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=154>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

44
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> TixNoteBook<A NAME=21>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html595 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html593 HREF=section3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html587 HREF=section3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html597 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html596 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html> Adding Pages to </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html594 HREF=section3_4.html> Container Widgets</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html588 HREF=section3_4.html> Container Widgets</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00041000000000000000> TixNoteBook<A NAME=21>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
When your need to put a lot of information into your interface, you
may find out that your window has to grow intolerably big in order
to hold all the information. Having a window that's 10000
pixels wide and 5000 pixels high doesn't seem to be the perfect
solution. Of course, you can ``chop up'' your big window into a set
of smaller dialog boxes, but the user will most likely find it
impossible to manage 20 different dialog boxes on their desktop.
<P>
The TixNoteBook (fig 2-1) widget comes into rescue. It
allows you to pack a large interface into manageable ``pages'' using a
notebook metaphor: it contains multiple pages with anything you want on
them, displays one at a time, and attaches a tab to each page so the user
can bring it forward with a single click on the tab.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/container/notebook.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html598 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html#SECTION00041100000000000000> Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook<A NAME=211>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html599 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html#SECTION00041200000000000000> Keyboard Accelerators<A NAME=212>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html600 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html#SECTION00041300000000000000> Delaying the Creation of New Pages<A NAME=213>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html601 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html#SECTION00041400000000000000> Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages<A NAME=214>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

40
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> PanedWindow<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html652 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html650 HREF=section3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html644 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html654 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html653 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html> Adding Panes Inside </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html651 HREF=section3_4.html> Container Widgets</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html645 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html> Changing Page Tabs </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00042000000000000000> PanedWindow<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
The <em>TixPanedWindow</em> widget arranges arranges its subwidgets in
non-overlapping panes. As we can see in figure 2-4, the
PanedWindow widget puts a resize handle between the panes for the
user to manipulate the sizes of the panes interactively. The panes
can be arranged either vertically (figure 2-4) or
horizontally (2-4).
<P>Each individual pane may have upper and lower limits of its
size. The user changes the sizes of the panes by dragging the resize
handle between two panes.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/container/pane_vert.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/container/pane_horz.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 2-4) The TixPane Widget<A NAME=24>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html655 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html#SECTION00042100000000000000> Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=221>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html656 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html#SECTION00042200000000000000> Putting Widgets Inside the Panes<A NAME=222>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html657 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html#SECTION00042300000000000000> Setting the Order of the Panes<A NAME=223>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html658 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html#SECTION00042400000000000000> Changing the Sizes of the Panes<A NAME=224>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

39
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_4_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> The Family of Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html707 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html705 HREF=section3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html701 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html709 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html708 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html> The Scrolled Listbox </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html706 HREF=section3_4.html> Container Widgets</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html702 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html> Changing the Sizes </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00043000000000000000> The Family of Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
With plain Tcl/Tk, the widgets do not automatically come with
scrollbars. If you want to use scrollbars with the text, canvas or
listbox widgets, you will need to create scrollbars separately and
attach them to the widgets. This can be a lot of hassle because you
would almost always need scrollbars for these widgets. Sometimes you
will wonder why you need to write the same boring code again and
again just to get the scrollbars to working.
<P>The Tix scrolled widgets are here to make your life easier. With a
single command such as <tt>tixScrolledListBox</tt> or <tt>tixScrolledText</tt>, you can create a listbox or text widget that comes
automatically with scrollbars attached.
<P>Another advantage of the Tix scrolled widgets is that you can
specify their scrolling policy so that the scrollbars appear only
when they are needed. This feature is especially useful if you are
displaying a lot of widgets and running out of screen real estate.
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html710 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html#SECTION00043100000000000000> The Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=231>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html711 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html#SECTION00043200000000000000> Other Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=232>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

46
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> tixTList - The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget<A NAME=31>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html762 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html760 HREF=section3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html754 HREF=section3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html764 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html763 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html> Display Items</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html761 HREF=section3_5.html> Tabular Listbox and </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html755 HREF=section3_5.html> Tabular Listbox and </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00051000000000000000> tixTList - The Tix Tabular Listbox Widget<A NAME=31>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
<em>TixTList</em> is the Tabular Listbox Widget. It displays a list of
items in a tabular format. For example the TixTList widget in figure
3-1 displays files in a directory in rows and columns.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/tlist.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P><blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/joe.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
TixTList does all what the standard Tk listbox widget can do, i.e,
it displays a list of items. However, TixTList is superior to the
listbox widget is many respects. First, TixTList allows you to
display the items in a two dimensional format. This way, you can
display more items at a time. Usually, the user can locate the
desired items much faster in a two dimensional list than the one
dimensional list displayed by the Tk listbox widget.
<P>
In addition, while the Tk listbox widget can only display text items,
the TixTList widget can display a multitude of types of items: text,
images and widgets. Also, while you can use only one font and one color
in a listbox widget, you can use many different fonts and colors in a
TixTList widget. In figure 3-1, we use graphical images
inside a tixTList widget to represent file objects. In figure 3-2
, we display the names of all employees of a hypothetical
company. Notice the use of a bold font to highlight all employees whose
first name is Joe. <P><HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

59
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Display Items<A NAME=32>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html773 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html771 HREF=section3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html765 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html775 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html774 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html> Advantages of Display </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html772 HREF=section3_5.html> Tabular Listbox and </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html766 HREF=subsection3_5_1.html> tixTList - The </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00052000000000000000> Display Items<A NAME=32>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
Before we rush to discuss how to create the items inside a TixTList
widget, let's first spend some time on a very important topic about
the Tix library: the repationship between the display items and
their host widgets.
<P>
We can better define the terms by taking a quick preview of the
TixHList widget, which will be covered in details in the next
chapter. Let's compare the items displayed on the two widgets in
figure 3-3. If we take a close look at the item
that shows the <tt>usr</tt> directory in the TixTList widget on the left
versus the TixHList widget on the right, we can see that this item
appears exactly the same on both widgets.
<P>
If fact, all the items in these two widgets are of the <em>same</em> type:
they all display an image next to a textual name. The only difference
between these two widgets is how these items are arranged. The TixTList
widget arranges the items in rows and columns, while the TixHList widget
arranges the items in a hierachical format.
<P>
With this observation in mind, we can see a separation of tasks
berween the widgets and the items they display. We call the TixHList
and TixTList widgets in figure 3-3 <em>host
widgets</em>: their task is to arrange the items according to their
particular rules. However, they don't really care what these items
display; they just treat the items as rectangle boxes. In contrast,
these items, which are called <em>display items</em> in Tix
terminology, controls the visual information they display, such as
the images, text strings, colors, fonts, etc. However, they don't
really care where on the host widget they will appear.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><P>
<P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/widgets.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html776 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html#SECTION00052100000000000000> Advantages of Display Items<A NAME=321>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html777 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html#SECTION00052200000000000000> Display Items and Display Styles<A NAME=322>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

28
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_5_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget<A NAME=33>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html804 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html802 HREF=section3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html798 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html806 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html805 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html> Creating Display Items</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html803 HREF=section3_5.html> Tabular Listbox and </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html799 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html> Display Items and </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00053000000000000000> Creating Display Items in the TixTList Widget<A NAME=33>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html807 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html#SECTION00053100000000000000> Creating Display Items<A NAME=331>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html808 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html#SECTION00053200000000000000> Setting the Styles of the Display Items<A NAME=332>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html809 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html#SECTION00053300000000000000> Configuring and Deleting the Items<A NAME=333>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html810 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html#SECTION00053400000000000000> Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns<A NAME=334>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html811 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html#SECTION00053500000000000000> Event Handling<A NAME=335>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html812 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html#SECTION00053600000000000000> Selection<A NAME=336>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

39
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_6_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> TixHList - The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html902 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html900 HREF=section3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html894 HREF=section3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html904 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html903 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html> Creating a Hierarchical </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html901 HREF=section3_6.html> Hierarchical Listbox</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html895 HREF=section3_6.html> Hierarchical Listbox</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00061000000000000000> TixHList - The Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
<em>TixHList</em> is the Tix Hierarchical Listbox Widget. You can use it to
display any data that have a hierarchical structure. For example, the
HList widget in figure 4-1 displays a Unix file system
directory tree; the HList widget in figure 4-1 displays the
corporate hierarchy of a hypothetical company. As shown in these two
figures, the entries inside the TixHList widget are indented can be
optionally connected by branch lines according to their positions in the
hierarchy.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/dirtree.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/hlist1.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 4-1) Examples of the TixHList Widget<A NAME=41>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html905 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html#SECTION00061100000000000000> Creating a Hierarchical List<A NAME=411>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html906 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html#SECTION00061200000000000000> Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=412>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html907 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html#SECTION00061300000000000000> Controlling the Layout of the Entries<A NAME=413>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html908 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html#SECTION00061400000000000000> Handling the Selection and User Event<A NAME=414>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

72
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_6_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html957 HREF=section3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html955 HREF=section3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html951 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html959 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html958 HREF=section3_7.html> Selecting Files and </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html956 HREF=section3_6.html> Hierarchical Listbox</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html952 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html> Handling the Selection </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00062000000000000000> Creating Collapsible Tree Structures with TixTree<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
The TixTree widget is based on the TixScrolledHList widget; you can
use it to create a collapsible hierarchical structure so that the
user can conveniently navigate through a large number of list
entries. As shown in figure 4-7, the TixTree puts
the little ``<tt>+</tt>'' and ``<tt>-</tt>'' icons next to the branches of
an HList entry that has descendants. These two icons are knows as
the open and close icons, respectively. When the user presses the
open icon next to an entry, its immediate children of an entry will
be displayed. Conversely, when the user presses the close icon, the
entry's children will become hidden.
<P>
Program 4-6 shows how to create a collapsible tree. We
first create a TixTree widget. Then we add the entries in your
hierarchical structure into its <tt>hlist</tt> subwidget using the add
method of this subwidget. When we are finished with adding the entries,
we just call the <tt>autosetmode</tt> method of the TixTree widget, which
will automatically adds the open and close icons next to the entries who
have children.
<P>
<P><blockquote> <P><tt> set folder [tix getimage folder]<BR>
tixTree .tree -command Command -options {<BR>
hlist.separator /<BR>
hlist.itemType imagetext<BR>
hlist.drawBranch true<BR>
hlist.indent 18<BR>
}<BR>
pack .tree -expand yes -fill both<BR>
set hlist [.tree subwidget hlist]<BR>
<BR>
foreach directory {/ /usr /usr/bin /usr/local /etc /etc/rc.d} {<BR>
$hlist add $directory -image $folder -text $directory<BR>
}<BR>
.tree autosetmode<BR>
<BR>
proc Command {entry} {<BR>
puts &quot;you have selected $entry&quot;<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 4-6) Creating a Collapsible Hierarchy<A NAME=46>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<blockquote> <P>
<P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex3.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
Note that in program 4-6 we use the <tt>-command</tt> option of the TixTree
widget, not the <tt>-command</tt> option of its <tt>hlist</tt> subwidget. This
is because the TixTree actually used the <tt>-command</tt> option of its
<tt>hlist</tt> subwidget to process some low-level events. In general, if
both a mega-widget and its subwidget have the options of the same name,
you would always use the option that belongs to the mega-widget.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

41
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_7_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> File Selection Dialog Widgets<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html986 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html984 HREF=section3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html978 HREF=section3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html988 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html987 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html> Using the TixFileSelectDialog </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html985 HREF=section3_7.html> Selecting Files and </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html979 HREF=section3_7.html> Selecting Files and </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00071000000000000000> File Selection Dialog Widgets<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
There are two file dialog widgets inside Tix: the
TixFileSelectDialog (figure 5-2) is similar to the
FileSelectionDialog widget in Motif; TixExFileSelectDialog (figure
5-3) looks like its conunterpart in MS Windows. Both
widgets let the user navigate through the file system directories
and select a file.
<P>
One advanced feature of both types of file selection boxes is they use
ComboBoxes to store the files, directories and patterns the user has
selected in the past. If the user wants to select the same files again,
he can simply open the ComboBoxes and click on his past inputs. This
saves a lot of keystrokes and is especially useful when the user needs to
switch among several files or directories.
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html989 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html#SECTION00071100000000000000> Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=511>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html990 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html#SECTION00071200000000000000> The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=512>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html991 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html#SECTION00071300000000000000> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=513>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html992 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html#SECTION00071400000000000000> Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog<A NAME=514>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html993 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html#SECTION00071500000000000000> 5.1.5 The <b><tt>tix filedialog</tt></b> Command<A NAME=515>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

53
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_7_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets<A NAME=52>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1053 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1051 HREF=section3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1047 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1055 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1054 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1052 HREF=section3_7.html> Selecting Files and </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1048 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html> 5.1.5 The tix </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00072000000000000000> Selecting Directories with the TixDirTree and TixDirList Widgets<A NAME=52>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
There are two Tix widgets for selecting a directory: TixDirList (figure 5-6
) and TixDirTree (figure 5-6). Both of them
display the directories in a hierarchical format. The display in the
TixDirList widget is more compact: it shows only the parent- and
child-directories of a particular directory. The TixDirTree widget, on
the other hand, can display the whole tree structure of the file system.
<P>
The programming interface of these two widgets are the same and you can
choose the which one to use depending on your application. As shown in
the following example, you can use the <tt>-directory</tt> option of the
TixDirList widget to specify a directory to display. In the example, we
set <tt>-directory</tt> to be <tt>/home/ioi/dev</tt>. As a result, the
TixDirList widget displays all the subdirectories and all the ancestor
directories of <tt>/home/ioi/dev</tt>. You can use the <tt>-command</tt> and
<tt>-browsecmd</tt> options to handle the user events: a double click or
Return key-stroke will trigger the <tt>-command</tt> option and a single
click or space bar key stroke will trigger the <tt>-browsecmd</tt>
option. Normally, you would handle both type of events in the same
manner, as we have done in program 5-5
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixDirList .d -value /home/ioi/dev <BR> -command &quot;selectDir&quot; -browsecmd &quot;selectDir&quot;<BR>
pack .d<BR>
<BR>
proc selectDir {dir} {<BR>
puts &quot;now you select $dir&quot;<BR>
}</tt>
</blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 5-5) Using the TixDirList widget<A NAME=55>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/dirtree.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/dirlist.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 5-6) The DirTree and DirList Widgets<A NAME=56>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

53
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=61>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1096 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1094 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1088 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1098 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1097 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html> Widget Classes and </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1095 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1089 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00081000000000000000> Introduction to Tix Object Oriented Programming<A NAME=61>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
Tix comes with a simple object oriented programming (OOP) framework,
the <em>Tix Intrinsics</em>, for writing mega-widgets. The Tix
Intrinsics is not a general purpose OOP system and it does not
support some features found in general purpose OOP systems such as
<tt>[incr Tcl]</tt>. However, the Tix Intrinsics is specially designed
for writing mega-widgets. It provides a simple and efficient
interface for creating mega-widgets so that you can avoid the
complexity and overheads of the general purpose OOP extensions to
Tcl.
<P>The hard thing about programming with mega-widgets is to make sure
that each instance you create can handle its own activities. Events
must be directed to the right widget, procedures must act on data
that is internal to that widget, and users should be able to change
the options associated with the widget. For instance, we'll show an
arrow widget that needs to know what direction it's pointing; this
requires each instance of the widget to have its own variable.
<P>Furthermore, each widget should respond properly to changes
requested by the application programmer during the program's run.
The whole reason people use Tcl/Tk is because they can alter things
on the fly.
<P>The advantage of an object-oriented programming system is that you
can easily associate a widget with its own data and procedures
(methods). This chapter shows how to do that, and how to configure
data both at the time the widget is initialized and later during the
program.
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1099 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html#SECTION00081100000000000000> Widget Classes and Widget Instances<A NAME=611>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1100 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html#SECTION00081200000000000000> What is in a Widget Instance<A NAME=612>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1101 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html#SECTION00081300000000000000> Variables<A NAME=6121>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1102 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html#SECTION00081400000000000000> Methods<A NAME=6122>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1103 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html#SECTION00081500000000000000> Component Widgets<A NAME=6123>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

35
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Widget Class Declaration<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1165 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1163 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1157 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1167 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1166 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html> Using the tixWidgetClass </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1164 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1158 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html> Component Widgets</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00082000000000000000> Widget Class Declaration<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
The first step of writing a new widget class is to decide the base
class from which the new class. Usually, if the new class does not
share any common features with other classes, it should be derived
from the TixPrimitive class. If it does share common features with
other classes, then it should be derived from the appropriate base
class. For example, if the new class support scrollbars, it should
be derived from TixScrolledWidget; if it displays a label next to
its ``main area'', then it should be derived from TixLabelWidget.
<P>In the case of our new TixArrowButton class, it doesn't really share
any common features with other classes, so we decide to use the base
class TixPrimitive as its superclass.
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1168 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html#SECTION00082100000000000000> Using the tixWidgetClass Command<A NAME=621>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

82
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Writing Methods<A NAME=63>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1186 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1184 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1178 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1188 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1187 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html> Declaring Public Methods</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1185 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1179 HREF=subsubsection3_8_2_1.html> Using the tixWidgetClass </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00083000000000000000> Writing Methods<A NAME=63>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
After we have declared the new widget class, we can write methods
for this class to define its behavior. Methods are just a special
type of TCL procedures and they are created by the <tt>proc</tt>
command. There are, however, three requirements for methods. First,
their names must be prefixed by the command name of their
class. Second, they must accept at least one argument and the first
argument that they accept must be called <tt>w</tt>. Third, the first
command executed inside each method must be:
<blockquote> <P><tt> upvar #0 $w data
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>For example, the following is an implementation of the invert method
for the class TixArrowButton:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:invert {w} {<BR>
upvar #0 $w data<BR>
<BR>
set curDirection $data(-direction)<BR>
case $curDirection {<BR>
n {<BR>
set newDirection s<BR>
}<BR>
s {<BR>
set newDirection n<BR>
}<BR>
# ....<BR>
}<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
Notice that the name of the method is prefixed by the command name
of the class (<tt>tixArrowButton</tt>). Also, the first and only
argument that it accepts is <tt>w</tt> and the first line it executes
is ``<tt>upvar #0 $wdata</tt>''.
<P>
The argument <tt>w</tt> specifies which widget instance this method
should act upon. For example, if the user has issued the command
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> .up invert
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
on an instance <tt>.up</tt> of the class tixArrowButton, the method
<tt>tixArrowButton:invert</tt> will be called and the argument <tt>w</tt>
will have the value <tt>.up</tt>.
<P>
The <tt>invert</tt> method is used to invert the direction of the
arrow. Therefore, it should examine the variable <tt>.up(-direction)</tt>, which stores the current direction of the instance
<tt>.up</tt>, and modify it appropriately. It turns out that in TCL,
the only clean way to access an array whose name is stored in a
variable is the ``<tt>upvar #0 $wdata</tt>'' technique: essentially
it tells the intepreter that the array data should be an alias for
the global array whose name is stored in <tt>$w</tt>. We will soon see
how the widget's methods use the data array.
<P>
Once the mysterious ``<tt>upvar #0 $wdata</tt>'' line is explained,
it becomes clear what the rest of the <tt>tixArrowButton:invert</tt>
method does: it examines the current direction of the arrow, which
is stored in <tt>$data(-direction)</tt> and inverts it.
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1189 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html#SECTION00083100000000000000> Declaring Public Methods<A NAME=631>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

33
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Standard Initialization Methods<A NAME=64>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1207 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1205 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1199 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1209 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1208 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html> The InitWidgetRec Method</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1206 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1200 HREF=subsubsection3_8_3_1.html> Declaring Public Methods</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00084000000000000000> Standard Initialization Methods<A NAME=64>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
Each new mega-widget class must supply three standard initialization
methods. When an instance of a Tix widget is created, three
three methods will be called to initialize this instance. The
methods are <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt>, <tt>ConstructWidget</tt> and <tt>SetBindings</tt> and they will be called in that order. The following
sections show how these methods can be implemented.
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1210 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html#SECTION00084100000000000000> The InitWidgetRec Method<A NAME=641>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1211 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html#SECTION00084200000000000000> Chaining Methods<A NAME=6411>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1212 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html#SECTION00084300000000000000> The tixChainMethod call<A NAME=6412>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1213 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html#SECTION00084400000000000000> The ConstructWidget Method<A NAME=642>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1214 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html#SECTION00084500000000000000> The SetBindings Method<A NAME=643>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

82
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_5.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Declaring and Using Variables<A NAME=65>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1276 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1274 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1268 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1278 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1277 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html> Initialization of Public </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1275 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1269 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html> The SetBindings Method</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00085000000000000000> Declaring and Using Variables<A NAME=65>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
The private variables of a widget class do not need to be
declared. In fact they can be initialized and used anywhere by any
method. Usually, however, general purpose private variables are
initialized by the <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt> method and subwidget
variables are initialized in the <tt>ConstructWidget</tt> method.
<P>We have seen in the <tt>tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</tt> example that
the private variable <tt>data(count)</tt> was initialized there. Also,
the private variable <tt>data(w:button)</tt> was initialized in <tt>tixArrowButton:ConstructWidget</tt> and subsequently used in <tt>tixArrowButton:SetBindings</tt>.
<P>In contrast, public variables must be declared inside the class
declaration. The following arguments are used to declare the public
variables and specify various options for them:
<P>
<blockquote> <UL><P><LI><P><tt>-flag</tt>: As shown in the class declaration in figure
6-2, the <tt>-flag</tt> argument declares all the public
variables of the TixArrowButton class, <tt>-direction</tt> and <tt>-state</tt>
<P><LI><P><tt>-configspec</tt>: We can use the <tt>-configspec</tt> argument to
specify the details of each public variable. For example, the
following declaration
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> -configspec {<BR>
{-direction direction Direction e}<BR>
{-state state State normal}<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>specifies that the <tt>-direction</tt> variable has the resource
name <tt>direction</tt> and resource class <tt>Direction</tt>; its default
value is <tt>e</tt>. The application programmer can assign value to
this variable by using the <tt>-direction</tt> option in the command
line or by specifying resources in the Tk option database with its
resource name or class. The declaration of <tt>-state</tt> installs
similar definitions for that variable.
<P><LI><P><tt>-alias</tt>: The <tt>-alias</tt> argument is used to specify
alternative names for public variables. In our example, the setting
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> -alias {<BR>
{-dir -direction}<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>specifies that <tt>-dir</tt> is the same variable as <tt>-direction</tt>. Therefore, when the application issue the command
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> .up config -dir w
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>it is the same as issuing
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> .up config -direction w
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
The <tt>-alias</tt> option provides only an alternative name for
the application programmer. Inside the widget's implementation code,
the variable is still accessed as <tt>data(-direction)</tt>, <em>not</em>
<tt>data(-dir)</tt>.
<P></UL>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
<UL>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1279 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_1.html#SECTION00085100000000000000> Initialization of Public Variables<A NAME=651>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1280 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html#SECTION00085200000000000000> Type Checker<A NAME=6511>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1281 HREF=subsubsection3_8_5_3.html#SECTION00085300000000000000> Public Variable Configuration Methods<A NAME=652>&nbsp;</A></A>
<LI> <A NAME=tex2html1282 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html#SECTION00085400000000000000> Configuration Methods and Public Variable Initialization<A NAME=6521>&nbsp;</A></A>
</UL>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

42
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_6.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Summary of Widget Instance Initialization<A NAME=66>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1333 HREF=subsection3_8_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1331 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1325 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1335 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1334 HREF=subsection3_8_7.html> Loading the New </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1332 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1326 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html> Configuration Methods and </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00086000000000000000> Summary of Widget Instance Initialization<A NAME=66>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
The creation of a widget instance is a complex process. You must
understand how it works in order to write your widget classes. The
following is the steps taken by the Tix Intrinsics when a widget
instance is created:
<P>
<blockquote> <UL><P><LI><P>When the user creates an instance, the public variables are
intilized as discussed in section 6.5.1. Type checkers
are always called if they are specified. Configuration methods are
called only if they are specified in the <tt>-forcecall</tt> section.
<P><LI><P>The <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt> method is called. It should initialize
private variable, possibly according to the values the public
variables.
<P><LI><P>The <tt>ConstructWidget</tt> method is called. It should create the
component widgets. It should also store the names of public
subwidgets into the subwidget variables.
<P><LI><P>The <tt>SetBinding</tt> method is called. It should create bindings for
the component widgets.
<P></UL>
</blockquote>
<P>
After the above steps, the creation of the instance is complete and the
user can iterate with it using its widget command.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

49
docs/html/TixBook/subsection3_8_7.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Loading the New Classes<A NAME=67>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif_gr.gif"> <A NAME=tex2html1340 HREF=section3_8.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1336 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1342 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1341 HREF=section3_8.html> Tix Object Oriented </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1337 HREF=subsection3_8_6.html> Summary of Widget </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00087000000000000000> Loading the New Classes<A NAME=67>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
Usually, you can use a separate script file to store the
implementaion of each new widget class. If you have several of those
files, it will be a good idea to group the files into a single
directory and create a <tt>tclIndex</tt> file for them so that the new
classes can be auto-loaded.
<P>
Suppose you have put the class files into the directory <tt>/usr/my/tix/classes</tt>. You can create the <tt>tclIndex</tt> file using
the <tt>tools/tixindex</tt> program that comes with Tix:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> cd /usr/my/tix/classes<BR>
/usr/my/Tix8.1/tools/tixindex *.tcl
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
The <tt>tclIndex</tt> file must be created by the <tt>tixindex</tt>
program. You cannot use the standard <tt>auto_mkindex</tt> command
that comes with Tcl.
<P>
Once you have created the <tt>tclIndex</tt> file, you can use your new
widget classes by auto-loading. Here is a small demo program that
uses the new TixArrowButton class:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> #!/usr/local/bin/tixwish<BR>
lappend auto_path /usr/my/tix/classes<BR>
<BR>
# Now I can use my TixArrowButton class!<BR>
#<BR>
tixArrowButton .arr -direction n<BR>
pack .arr
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

27
docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> About This Manual<A NAME=01>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html169 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html167 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html161 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html171 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html170 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html> About This Document</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html168 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html> Preface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html162 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html> Preface</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00021000000000000000> About This Manual<A NAME=01>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
This manual is the programmer's guide to the Tix library. It takes you
though a step-by-step tutorial about the different widgets and functions
available in the Tix library. It also covers how to write new widgets using
the Tix Intrinsics objecr-oriented programming interface. The accompanying
<em>Tix Reference Manual</em> is a collection of the Tix manual pages. It
describes all the options and other details of the Tix widgets and
functions.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

25
docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> About This Document<A NAME=02>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html180 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html178 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html172 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html182 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html181 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_3.html> Organization of This </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html179 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html> Preface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html173 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_1.html> About This Manual</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00022000000000000000> About This Document<A NAME=02>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
This HTML document is converted from LaTeX source files to HTML by a
modified version of latex2html.
<P>
This document is also available both pdf and HTML format from
<A HREF="http://tix.sourceforge.net">http://tix.sourceforge.net</A>.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

34
docs/html/TixBook/subsectionstar3_2_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Organization of This Manual<A NAME=03>&nbsp;</A><A NAME=04>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html189 HREF=section3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html187 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html183 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html191 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html190 HREF=section3_3.html> Introduction</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html188 HREF=sectionstar3_2.html> Preface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html184 HREF=subsectionstar3_2_2.html> About This Document</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H2><A NAME=SECTION00023000000000000000> Organization of This Manual<A NAME=03>&nbsp;</A><A NAME=04>&nbsp;</A></A></H2>
<P>
Chapter 1, <em>Introduction</em> gets you started with the
Tix widgets by describing their basic options and
operations. Chapter 2, <em>Container Widgets</em>,
describes the Tix widgets that can be used to contain other widgets
and maintain their geometry. Chapter 3, <em>TList
Widget and Display Items</em>, describes the tabular listbox widget and
the Tix display items, which are used by many Tix widgets. Chapter
4, <em>Hierarchical Listbox</em>, describes how to create
a hierarchical list structure using the TixHList widget. Chapter
5, <em>Selection Files and Directories</em>, describes
how to use the file and directory selection widgets in the Tix
library. Finally, Chapter 6, <em>Tix Object Oriented
Programming</em>, describes how to use the Tix object oriented
programming library to create new classes of Tix widgets.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

59
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_1_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Tix for Application Programmers<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html253 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html251 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html245 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html255 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html254 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_2.html> Tix for Widget </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html252 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html> What is Tix</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html246 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html> What is Tix</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00031100000000000000> Tix for Application Programmers<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The acronym Tix stands for Tk Interface Extension. Tix is different
things for different people.
<P>
If you are a GUI application programmer, that is, if you earn a
living by building graphical applications, you will appreciate Tix
as a library of <em>mega-widgets</em>: widgets made out of other
widgets. To use a crude analogy, if the widgets in the standard TK
library are bricks and mortars for a builder, the mega-widgets in
the Tix library are walls, windows or even pre-build kitchens. Of
course, these ``bigger components'' are themselves made of bricks
and mortars, but it will take much less effort to put them together
than planting bricks on top of each other.
<P>
The Tix widgets not only help you speed up the development of your
applications, they also help you in the design process. Since the
standard Tk widgets are too primitive, they force you to think of
your house as, by using the same analogy, millions of bricks. With
the help of the Tix mega-widgets, you can design your application is
a more structural and coherent manner.
<P>
Moreover, the Tix library provides a rich set of widgets. Figure
1-1 shows all Tix widgets - there are more than 40
of them! Although the standard Tk library has many useful widgets,
they are far from complete. The Tix library provides most of the
commonly needed widgets that are missing from standard Tk:
FileSelectBox, ComboBox, Control (a.k.a. SpinBox) and an assortment
of scroll-able widgets. Tix also includes many more widgets that are
generally useful in a wide range of applications: NoteBook,
FileEntry, PanedWindow, MDIWindow, etc.
<P>
With all these new widgets, you can introduce new interaction
techniques into applications, creating more useful and more
intuitive user interfaces. You can design your application by
choosing the most appropriate widgets to match the special needs of
your application and users.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/hierarchy.png">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

39
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_1_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Tix for Widget Developers<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html262 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html260 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html256 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html264 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html263 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html261 HREF=subsection3_3_1.html> What is Tix</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html257 HREF=subsubsection3_3_1_1.html> Tix for Application </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00031200000000000000> Tix for Widget Developers<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
On the other hand, if you are a widget developer, Tix provides an
object oriented programming environment, the Tix Intrinsics, that is
carefully designed for the development of mega-widgets. If you have
developed widgets in C, you will know how slow and painful such a
process would be. In recognition of the difficulties in widget
development, the Tix Intrinsics includes many tools that
dramatically cuts down the efforts required to develop new widgets.
With the Tix Intrinsics, the rapid prototyping/development of
widgets is finally feasible: you can write a new widgets in the
matter of hours or even minutes.
<P>
With the Tix Intrinsics, you widget code can readily become
reusable. Tix also provides a set of rules and mechanisms that
allow you to develop widgets that are inter-operable with other
widgets.
<P>
In Part I of this manual, we will talk about using the Tix widgets.
The discussion of writing new Tix widgets will be carried out in
Part II.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

71
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Creating a TixControl Widget<A NAME=121>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html288 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html286 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html280 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html290 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html289 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html> Accessing The Value </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html287 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html281 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00032100000000000000> Creating a TixControl Widget<A NAME=121>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The following code demonstrates how to create a TixControl widget and
specify its options:
<P>
<tt> tixControl .lawyers -label Lawyers: -max 10 -min 0<BR>
.lawyers config -integer true -step 2
</tt>
<P>
This example creates a TixControl widget that let us to select the
numbers of lawyers we wish to be allowed in this country. (Figure
1-2)
<P>
Let us examine the options: the <tt>-label</tt> option specifies a
caption for this widget. The <tt>-max</tt> option specifies the maximum
number of lawyers we can choose. The <tt>-min</tt> option specifies the
minimum number of lawyers we can choose: although we would love to
enter a negative number, reality dictate that the lower limit must
be zero. The <tt>-integer</tt> option indicates that the number of
lawyers must be an integer; that is, we respect the lawyers' rights
not to be chopped up into decimal points. Finally, since lawyers
seem to go in pairs, we set the <tt>-step</tt> option to <tt>2</tt>, which
indicates that when we press the up/down arrow buttons, we want the
number of lawyers to go up and down by two each time.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/lawyer.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
As shown in the example, you can create and manipulate a Tix widget
in the same manner as the standard Tk widgets. The options of the
widget can be specified during the creation of the widget.
Alternatively, they can be changed by the <tt>configure</tt> widget
command. In addition, options can also be specified in the option
database or as X resources. Here is an example that produces the
same result as the previous code fragment:
<P>
<tt> option add *lawyers.max 10<BR>
option add *lawyers.min 0<BR>
tixControl .lawyers -label Lawyers: -integer true<BR>
.lawyers config -step 2
</tt>
<P>
In figure 1-3, you can see the composition of
TixControl: it is made out of a label widget, an entry widget and
two button widgets. Widgets that are composed of other widgets, like
TixControl, are called <em>mega-widgets</em>. Most widgets in the Tix
library are mega-widgets (xx: and as you know this book is about
them!).
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/law_comp.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

51
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget<A NAME=122>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html299 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html297 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html291 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html301 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html300 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html> Disabling Callbacks Temporarily</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html298 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html292 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_1.html> Creating a TixControl </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00032200000000000000> Accessing The Value of a TixControl Widget<A NAME=122>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The TixControl widget allows the user to input a value. There are
several ways to read this value in your program. First of all,
TixControl stores the current value in the <tt>-value</tt> option. You
can use query the <tt>-value</tt> option by calling the command
<P>
<tt> .c cget -value
</tt>
this command will return the current value of the tixContro widget
<tt>.c</tt>. The following command sets the value of the widget to a
new number (100):
<P>
<tt> .c config -value 100
</tt>
<P>
The second way to access the value of TixControl is to use the <tt>-variable</tt> option. This options instructs the TixControl widget to
store the its value into a global variable so that you can read it
at any time. Also, by assigning a new value to this global variable,
you can change the value of the TixControl widget. Here is an
example:
<P>
<tt> .c config -variable myvar<BR>
set myvar 100
</tt>
<P>
In some situations, you may want to be informed immediately when the
value of the TixControl widget changes. To accomplish this, you can use
the <tt>-command</tt> option. The following line causes the TCL procedure
<tt>valueChanged</tt> to be called whenever the value of <tt>.c</tt> changes:
<P>
<tt> tixControl .c -command valueChanged
</tt>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

38
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_2_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Validating User Inputs<A NAME=123>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html319 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html317 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html313 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html321 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html320 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html318 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html314 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html> Disabling Callbacks Temporarily</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00032400000000000000> Validating User Inputs<A NAME=123>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Sometimes it may be necessary to check the user input against certain
criteria. For example, you may want to allow only even numbers in a
TixControl widget. To do this, you can use the <tt>-validatecmd</tt> option,
which specifies a Tcl command to call whenever the user enters a new
value. Here is an example:
<P>
<tt> tixControl .c -value 0 -step 2 -validatecmd evenOnly<BR>
<BR>
proc evenOnly {value} {<BR>
return [expr $value - ($value %2)]<BR>
}</tt>
<P>
The value parameter to <tt>evenOnly</tt> is the new value entered by
the user. The <tt>evenOnly</tt> procedure makes sure that the new
value is even by returning a modified, even number. The Tcl command
specified by the <tt>-validatecmd</tt> must return a value which it
deems valid and this value will be stored in the <tt>-value</tt> option
of the TixControl widget.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

27
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Subwidgets<A NAME=131>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html348 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html346 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html340 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html350 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html349 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html> Subwidget Names</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html347 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html341 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033100000000000000> Subwidgets<A NAME=131>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
As we have seen in section 1.2.1, the TixControl
widget is composed of several widgets: one label widget, one entry
widget and two button widgets. These ``widgets inside mega-widgets''
are called <em>subwidgets</em> in the Tix terminology. We will often
have the need to access these subwidgets. For example, sometimes we
need to change the configuration options of the subwidgets. In other
cases, we may need to interact with the subwidgets directly.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

30
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Subwidget Names<A NAME=132>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html359 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html357 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html351 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html361 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html360 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html> The subwidget Method</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html358 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html352 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_1.html> Subwidgets</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033200000000000000> Subwidget Names<A NAME=132>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Each subwidget inside a mega is identified by a <em>subwidget
name</em>. Naturally, the label and entry subwidgets inside a TixSelect
widget are called <tt>label</tt> and <tt>entry</tt>, respectively. The two
button widgets are called <tt>incr</tt> and <tt>decr</tt> because they are
used to <tt>incr</tt>ement and <tt>decr</tt>ement the value inside the
TixControl widget (see figure 1-4).
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/intro/ctl_subw.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

63
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> The <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=133>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html370 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html368 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html362 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html372 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html371 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html> Chaining the subwidget </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html369 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html363 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_2.html> Subwidget Names</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033300000000000000> The <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=133>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
All Tix mega-widgets support the <tt>subwidget</tt> method. This method
takes at least one argument, the name of a subwidget. When you pass
only one argument to this method, it returns the pathname of the
subwidget which is identified by that name. For example, if .c is
the pathname of a TixControl widget, the command:
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> .c subwidget entry
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P>
returns the pathname of the <tt>entry</tt> subwidget, which is <tt>.c.frame.entry</tt> in this case.
<P>
If you call the <tt>subwidget</tt> method with additional arguments, the
widget command of the specified subwidget will be called with these
arguments. For example, if <tt>.c</tt> is, again, the pathname of a
TixControl widget, the command:
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> .c subwidget entry configure -bg gray
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P>
will cause the widget command of the <tt>entry</tt> subwidget of <tt>.c</tt> to be called with the arguments <tt>configure -bg gray</tt>. So
actually this command will be translated into the following call:
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> .c.frame.entry configure -bg gray
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P>
which calls the <tt>configure</tt> method of the <tt>entry</tt> subwidget
with the arguments <tt>-bg gray</tt> and changes its background color
to <tt>gray</tt>.
<P>
We can call the <tt>subwidget</tt> method with other types of arguments
to access different methods of the specified subwidget. For example,
the following call:
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> .c subwidget entry icursor end
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P>
calls the <tt>icursor</tt> method of the <tt>entry</tt> subwidget with the
argument <tt>end</tt> and sets the insert cursor of the <tt>entry</tt>
subwidget to the end of its input string.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

42
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Chaining the <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=134>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html381 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html379 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html373 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html383 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html382 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html> Configuring Subwidget Options </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html380 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html374 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_3.html> The subwidget Method</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033400000000000000> Chaining the <tt>subwidget</tt> Method<A NAME=134>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Some Tix mega-widgets may have subwidgets that in turn contain
subwidgets. For example, the TixExFileSelectDialog (section
5.1.3) widget contains a TixExFileSelectBox subwidget
called <tt>fsbox</tt>, which in turn contains a TixComboBox (section
1.4) subwidget called <tt>dir</tt>. If we want to access
the <tt>dir</tt> subwidget, we can just ``chain'' the <tt>subwidget</tt>
method. For example, if we have a TixExFileSelectDialog called <tt>.file</tt>, the following command will return the pathname of the <tt>dir</tt> subwidget of the <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget of <tt>.file</tt>:
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> .file subwidget fsbox subwidget dir
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P>
Moreover, the following command configures the <tt>dir</tt> subwidget to
have a border of the groove type with a border width of 2 pixels:
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> .file subwidget fsbox subwidget dir configure -bd 2 -relief groove
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P>
The chaining of the subwidget command can be applied for arbitrarily
many levels, depending whether your widget has a subwidget that has
a subwidget that has a subwidget that has a subwidget ... and so on.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

84
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_5.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch<A NAME=135>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html392 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html390 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html384 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html394 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html393 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html> Configuring Subwidget Options </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html391 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html385 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_4.html> Chaining the subwidget </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033500000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch<A NAME=135>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
As we have seen above, we can use commands like ``<tt>subwidget</tt> <em>name</em> <tt>configure ...</tt>'' to set the configuration options of
subwidgets. However, this can get quite tedious if we want to configure
many options of many subwidgets.
<P>
There is a more convenient and terse way to configure the subwidget options
without using the <tt>subwidget</tt> method: the <tt>-options</tt> switch. All
Tix mega-widgets support the <tt>-option</tt> switch, which can be used
during the creation of the mega-widget.
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> tixControl .income -label &quot;Income: &quot; -variable income -options {<BR>
label.width 8<BR>
label.anchor e<BR>
entry.width 10<BR>
entry.borderWidth 3<BR>
}<BR>
tixControl .age -label &quot;Age: &quot; -variable age -options {<BR>
label.width 8<BR>
label.anchor e<BR>
entry.width 10<BR>
entry.borderWidth 3<BR>
}<BR>
pack .income .age -side top
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 1-5) Using the <tt>-options</tt> switch<A NAME=15>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/intro/ctl_noopt.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/intro/ctl_wopt.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 1-6) Using the <tt>-options</tt> Switch to Align the Labels<A NAME=16>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
The use of the <tt>-options</tt> switch is illustrated in program
1-5, which creates two TixControl widgets for
the user to enter his income and age. Because of the different sizes
of the labels of these two widgets, if we create them haphazardly,
the output may look like fig 1-6.
<P>
To avoid this problem, we set the width of the <tt>label</tt>
subwidgets of the <tt>.income</tt> and <tt>.age</tt> widgets to be the
same (8 characters wide) and set their <tt>-anchor</tt> option to <tt>e</tt> (flushed to right), so that the labels appear to be
well-aligned. Program 1-5 also does other
things such as setting the <tt>entry</tt> subwidgets to have a width of
10 characters and a border-width of 3 pixels so that they appear
wider and ``deeper''. A better result is shown in figure
1-6.
<P>
As we can see from program 1-5, the value for
the <tt>-options</tt> switch is a list of one or more pairs of
<P>
<blockquote> <em>subwidget-option-spec</em> <em>value</em> ..
</blockquote>
<P>
<em>subwidget-option-spec</em> is in the form <em>subwidget-name</em><tt>.</tt><em>option-name</em>. For example, <tt>label.anchor</tt> identifies the
<tt>anchor</tt> option of the <tt>label</tt> subwidget, <tt>entry.width</tt>
identifies the <tt>width</tt> option of the entry subwidget, and so on.
<P>
Notice we must use the <em>name</em> of the option, not the <em>command-line switch</em> of the option. For example, the option that
specifies the border-width of the <tt>entry</tt> subwidget has the
command-line switch <tt>-borderwidth</tt> but its name is <tt>borderWidth</tt> (notice the capitalization on the name but not on the
command-line switch). Therefore, we have used the capitalized version
of ``<tt>entry.borderWidth 3</tt>'' in program
1-5 and not ``<tt>entry.borderwidth 3</tt>''. To
find out the names of the options of the respective subwidgets,
please refer to their manual pages.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

71
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_6.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database<A NAME=136>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html403 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html401 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html395 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html405 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html404 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_7.html> Caution: Restricted Access</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html402 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html396 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_5.html> Configuring Subwidget Options </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033600000000000000> Configuring Subwidget Options Using the Tk Option Database<A NAME=136>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The <tt>-options</tt> switch is good if you want to specify subwidget
options for one or a few mega-widgets. If you want to specify the
subwidget for many mega-widgets, it is easier to use the Tk Option
Database.
<P>
Options in the Tk Option Database can be specified using the <tt>option</tt> command and the pathname of the widget. For all the Tix
mega-widgets, it is guaranteed that the pathname of their subwidgets
ends with the <em>name</em> of the subwidgets. For example, if we have
a mega widget called <tt>.a.b.megaw</tt> and it has a subwidget whose
name is <tt>subw</tt>, then we can be sure that the pathname of the
subwidget will be something like
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> .a.b.megaw.foo.bar.subw
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P>
Therefore, if we want to specify options for it in the Option
Database, we can issue commands like:
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> option add *a.b.megaw*subw.option1 value1<BR>
option add *a.b.megaw*subw.option2 value2
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P>
Notice that it will be wrong to issue the commands as:
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> option add *a.b.megaw.subw.option1 value1<BR>
option add *a.b.megaw.subw.option2 value2
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P>
because in general we will not know whether the subwidget is an
immediate child window of <tt>.a.b.megaw</tt> (<em>such a decision
is left to the mega-widget implementor and may vary in different
versions of the same mega-widget</em>).
<P>
Program 1-7 demonstrates how the Tk Option Database can be
used to achieve the same effect as program 1-5.
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> option add *TixControl*label.width 8<BR>
option add *TixControl*label.anchor e<BR>
option add *TixControl*entry.width 10<BR>
option add *TixControl*entry.borderWidth 3<BR>
<BR>
tixControl .income -label &quot;Income: &quot; -variable income<BR>
tixControl .age -label &quot;Age: &quot; -variable age<BR>
<BR>
pack .income .age -side top
</tt>
</blockquote>
(Figure 1-7) Using the Tk Option Database in Place of the <tt>-options</tt> switch<A NAME=17>&nbsp;</A>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

31
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_3_7.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Caution: Restricted Access<A NAME=137>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html412 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html410 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html406 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html414 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html413 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html411 HREF=subsection3_3_3.html> Accessing The Components </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html407 HREF=subsubsection3_3_3_6.html> Configuring Subwidget Options </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00033700000000000000> Caution: Restricted Access<A NAME=137>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
In the current implementation of Tix, there is no limits on how you
can access the options of the subwidgets. However, many options of
the subwidgets may be already used by the mega-widget in special
ways. For example, the <tt>-textvariable</tt> option of the <tt>entry</tt>
subwidget of TixControl may be used to store some private
information for the mega widget. Therefore, you should access the
options of the subwidgets with great care. In general you should
only access those options that affect the appearance of the
subwidgets (such as <tt>-font</tt> or <tt>-foreground</tt>) and leave
everything else intact. (<em></em>) {In future versions of Tix, there
will be explicit restrictions on which subwidget options you can
access. Errors will be generated if you try to access restricted
subwidget options}<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

43
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Creating a TixComboBox Widget<A NAME=141>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html438 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html436 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html430 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html440 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html439 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html> Controlling the Style </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html437 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html431 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00034100000000000000> Creating a TixComboBox Widget<A NAME=141>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> tixComboBox .c -label &quot;Animal:&quot; -editable true<BR>
.c insert end cat<BR>
.c insert end dog<BR>
.c insert end pig
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 1-9) Creating a ComboBox<A NAME=19>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
In program 1-9, we set up a ComboBox <tt>.c</tt>
for the user to select an animal to play with. If the user is just a
dull person like you and me, he would just press the arrow button
and select a pre-designated animal such as ``dog''. However, if he
wants to try something new, he could type ``micky'' or ``sloth''
into the entry widget and he will get to play with his favorite
animal.
<P>
Of course, sometimes we don't want too many sloths around us and we
want to limit the range of the user's selections. In this case we
can do one of two things. First, we can set the <tt>-editable</tt>
option to <tt>false</tt> so that the user cannot type in the entry
widget at all. Alternatively, we can use the <tt>-validatecmd</tt>
option (see section 1.4.3) to check input the input.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

31
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox<A NAME=142>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html449 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html447 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html441 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html451 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html450 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html> Static Options</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html448 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html442 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_1.html> Creating a TixComboBox </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00034200000000000000> Controlling the Style of the TixComboBox<A NAME=142>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The TixComboBox widget can appear in many different styles. If we
set the <tt>-dropdown</tt> option to <tt>true</tt> (which is the default),
the listbox will only appear when the user presses the arrow button.
When <tt>-dropdown</tt> is set to <tt>false</tt>, the listbox is always
shown and the arrow button will disappear because it is not needed
anymore.
<P>
There is also an option called <tt>-fancy</tt>. It is set to <tt>false</tt> by default. When set to <tt>true</tt>, a tick button and a cross
button will appear next to the entry widget. The tick button allows
you to select again the value that's already in the ComboBox. If you
press the cross button, the entry widget will be cleared.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

50
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Static Options<A NAME=143>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html460 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html458 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html452 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html462 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html461 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_4.html> Monitoring the User's </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html459 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html453 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_2.html> Controlling the Style </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00034300000000000000> Static Options<A NAME=143>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The <tt>-dropdown</tt> and <tt>-fancy</tt> options are so-called ``static
options''. They can only be set during the creation of the
ComboBox. Hence this code is valid:
<P>
<tt> tixComboBox .c -dropdown true
</tt>
<P>
But the following code will generate an error because it attempts to
set the <tt>-dropdown</tt> option <em>after</em> the ComboBox has already
been created.
<P>
<tt> TixComboBox .c<BR>
.c config -dropdown true
</tt>
<P>
The restrictions of the static options, although annoying,
nevertheless make sense because we don't want our interface to
suddenly change its style. If sometimes a button is there and
sometimes it disappear all by itself, that will certainly create a
lot of confusion and makes the user wonder why he should buy our
software. Also, as you will see in chapter 6, having some
static options will make the life of widget writers a lot easier.
<P>
Accessing the value of the ComboBox is very similar to accessing the
value of the TixControl widget. The ComboBox has these four options,
which we discussed in section 1.2.2: <tt>-value</tt>,
<tt>-variable</tt>, <tt>-command</tt> and <tt>-validatecmd</tt>. You can use
these four options to access the user input and respond to user
actions in exactly the same way as discussed in section
1.2.2.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

73
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_4_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions<A NAME=144>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html469 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html467 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html463 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html471 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html470 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html468 HREF=subsection3_3_4.html> Another Tix Widget: </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html464 HREF=subsubsection3_3_4_3.html> Static Options</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00034400000000000000> Monitoring the User's Browsing Actions<A NAME=144>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
When the user drags the mouse pointer over the listbox, the listbox
item under the pointer will be highlighted and a ``browse event''
will be generated. If you want to keep track of what items the user
has browses through, you can use the <tt>-browsecmd</tt> option. Here
is an example:
<P>
<tt> tixComboBox .c -browsecmd mybrowse<BR>
....<BR>
<BR>
proc mybrowse {item} {<BR>
puts &quot;user has browsed $item&quot;<BR>
}</tt>
<P>
When the Tcl command specified by the <tt>-browsecmd</tt> option is
called, it will be called with one parameter: the current item that
the user has highlighted.
<P>
The <tt>-browsecmd</tt> is useful because it gives the user the
possibility of temporarily seeing the results of several choices
before committing to a final choice.
<P>
For example, we can list a set of image files in a ComboBox. When
the user single-clicks on an item on the ComboBox, we want to show a
simplified view of that image. After the user has browsed through
several images, he can finally decide on which image he wants by
double-clicking on that item in the listbox.
<P>
The following is some pseudo Tcl code that does this. Please notice
that the <tt>-browsecmd</tt> procedure is called every time the user
single-clicks on an item or drags the mouse pointer in the listbox.
The <tt>-command</tt> procedure is only called when the user
double-clicks on an item.
<P>
<tt> tixComboBox .c -dropdown false -browsecmd show_simple -command load_fullsize <BR>
.c insert end &quot;/pkg/images/flowers.gif&quot;<BR>
.c insert end &quot;/pkg/images/jimmy.gif&quot;<BR>
.c insert end &quot;/pkg/images/ncsa.gif&quot;<BR>
<BR>
proc show_simple {filename} {<BR>
# Load in a simplified version of $filename<BR>
}<BR>
<BR>
proc load_fullsize {filename} {<BR>
# Load in the full size image in $filename<BR>
}</tt>
<P>
As we shall see, all Tix widgets that let us do some sort of
selections have the <tt>-browsecmd</tt> option. The <tt>-browsecmd</tt>
option allows us to respond to user events in a simple,
straight-forward manner. Of course, you can do the same thing with
the Tk <tt>bind</tt> command, but you don't want to do that unless you
are very fond of things like <tt>$&lt;$Control-Shift-ButtonRelease-1$&gt;$</tt>
and <tt>&quot;%x%X$w%W%w&quot;</tt>.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

32
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Creating A TixSelect Widget<A NAME=151>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html496 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html494 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html488 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html498 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html497 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html> Label and Orientation</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html495 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html489 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035100000000000000> Creating A TixSelect Widget<A NAME=151>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Program 1-11 shows how to create a TixSelect
widget. At line 1 of program 1-11, we create a
TixSelect using the the <tt>tixSelect</tt> command.
<P>
<tt> tixSelect .fruits -label &quot;Fruits: &quot; -orientation horizontal<BR>
.fruits add apple -text Apple -width 6<BR>
.fruits add orange -text Orange -width 6<BR>
.fruits add banana -text Banana -width 6<BR>
pack .fruits
</tt>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 1-11) Creating a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=111>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

47
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_5.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Specifying Selection Rules<A NAME=152>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html540 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html538 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html532 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html542 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html541 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html> Accessing the Value </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html539 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html533 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html> Accessing the Button </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035500000000000000> Specifying Selection Rules<A NAME=152>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
For simple selection rules, you can use the <tt>-allowzero</tt> and <tt>-radio</tt> options. The <tt>-allowzero</tt> option specifies whether the user
can select none of the choices inside the TixSelect widget. The <tt>-radio</tt> option controls how many buttons can be selected at once: when
set to true, the user can select only one button at a time; when set to
false, the user can select as many buttons as he desires.
<P>
With these two options, we can write a program using two TixSelect widgets
for little Jimmy to fill up his lunch box. On the Sandwich side, we set
<tt>-radio</tt> to true and <tt>-allowzero</tt> <tt>false</tt>. That means Jimmy
can select one and only one sandwich among beef, cheese or ham
sandwiches. On the Veggie side, we want to encourage Jimmy to consume as
much veggie as possible, so we set the <tt>-allowzero</tt> option to <tt>false</tt>. We also set the <tt>-allowzero</tt> option to <tt>false</tt> so that
Jimmy cannot get away with eating none of the vegetables (see program
1-13).
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> tixSelect .sandwich -allowzero false -radio true -label &quot;Sandwich :&quot;<BR>
.sandwich add beef -text Beef<BR>
.sandwich add cheese -text Cheese<BR>
.sandwich add ham -text Ham<BR>
<BR>
tixSelect .vege -allowzero false -radio false -label &quot;Vegetable :&quot;<BR>
.vege add bean -text Bean<BR>
.vege add carrot -text Carrot<BR>
.vege add lettuce -text Lettuce
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 1-13) Specifying Simple Selection Rules<A NAME=113>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

36
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_6.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=153>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html551 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html549 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html543 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html553 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html552 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_7.html> Specifying Complex Selection </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html550 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html544 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html> Specifying Selection Rules</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035600000000000000> Accessing the Value of a TixSelect Widget<A NAME=153>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The <em>value</em> of a TixSelect widget is a list of the names of the
button subwidgets that are currently selected. For example, in
program 1-11, if the user has selected the apple
button, then the value of the TixSelect widget will be <tt>apple</tt>. If the user has selected both the apple and the orange
buttons, then the value will be the list <tt>&quot;apple orange&quot;</tt>.
<P>
The TixSelect widget supports same set of options as the TixControl widget
for you to access its value: the <tt>-value</tt> option stores the current
value, which can be queried and modified using the cget and configure
methods. You can also use the <tt>-variable</tt> option to specify a global
variable to store the value of the TixSelect widget. The <tt>-command</tt>
option specifies a TCL command to be called whenever the user changes the
selection inside a TixSelect widget. This command is called with one
argument: the new value of the TixSelect widget. There is also the <tt>-disablecallback</tt> option which you can use to control whether the command
specified by the <tt>-command</tt> option should be called when the value of
the TixSelect changes.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

51
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_3_5_7.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Specifying Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=154>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html560 HREF=section3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html558 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html554 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html562 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html561 HREF=section3_4.html> Container Widgets</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html559 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html555 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_6.html> Accessing the Value </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035700000000000000> Specifying Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=154>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
If you want to have more complex selection rules for the
TixSelect widget, you can use the <tt>-validatecmd</tt> option. This
option works the same as the <tt>-validatecmd</tt> option of the
TixControl widget which we discusses in section
1.2: it specifies a command to be called every
time the user attempts to change the selection inside a TixSelect
widget.
<P>
In the example program 1-14, the procedure
<tt>TwoMax</tt> will be called every time the user tries to change the
selection of the <tt>.fruits</tt> widget. <tt>TwoMax</tt> limits the
maximum number of fruits that the user to choose to be 2 by always
truncating the value of the TixSelect widget to have no more than
two items. If you run this program, you will find out that you can
never select a third fruit after you have select two fruits.
<P>
<tt> tixSelect .fruits -label &quot;Fruits: &quot; -radio false -validatecmd TwoMax<BR>
.fruits add apple -text Apple -width 6<BR>
.fruits add orange -text Orange -width 6<BR>
.fruits add banana -text Banana -width 6<BR>
pack .fruits<BR>
<BR>
proc TwoMax {value} {<BR>
if {[llength $value] $&gt;$ 2} {<BR>
return [lrange $value 0 1]<BR>
} else {<BR>
return $value<BR>
}<BR>
}</tt>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 1-14) Specifying More Complex Selection Rules<A NAME=114>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

50
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook<A NAME=211>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html610 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html608 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html602 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html612 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html611 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html> Keyboard Accelerators</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html609 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html603 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00041100000000000000> Adding Pages to a TixNoteBook<A NAME=211>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The example program in figure 2-2 creates the
TixNoteBook widget shown in figure 2-1. In the first
three lines, we create the notebook widget and two pages inside
it. While we create the pages, we also set the labels on the tabs
associated with each page and use the <tt>-underline</tt> option to
indicate the keyboard accelerator for each page.
<P>
Each time we create a page in the notebook using the <tt>add</tt> method, a
frame subwidget is created for us automatically. This frame subwidget has
the same name as the page (the first parameter passed to the <tt>add</tt>
method). We can use the <tt>subwidget</tt> method to find out the pathname
of this frame subwidget and pack everything we want to display on the
page into this frame widget. Lines 4-10 of program 2-2 shows
how to create the widgets inside the ``Hard Disk'' page. Creating the
widgets inside the ``Network'' page will be similar.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixNoteBook .n<BR>
.n add hd -label &quot;Hard Disk&quot; -underline 0<BR>
.n add net -label &quot;Network&quot; -underline 0<BR>
<BR>
set frame [.n subwidget hd]<BR>
tixControl $frame.access -label &quot;Access Time:&quot;<BR>
tixControl $frame.write -label &quot;Write Throughput:&quot;<BR>
tixControl $frame.read -label &quot;Read Througput:&quot;<BR>
tixControl $frame.capacity -label &quot;Capacity:&quot;<BR>
pack $frame.access $frame.write $frame.read $frame.capacity <BR> -side top -fill x
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 2-2) Using The TixNoteBook Widget<A NAME=22>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

29
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Keyboard Accelerators<A NAME=212>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html621 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html619 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html613 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html623 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html622 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html> Delaying the Creation </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html620 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html614 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_1.html> Adding Pages to </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00041200000000000000> Keyboard Accelerators<A NAME=212>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Note that in line 2-3 of program 2-2, we have indicated
the keyboard accelerators for the two pages using the <tt>-underline</tt> option. The value of this option is the position of the
character to be underlined in the string, where zero represents the
first character. When the user presses <tt>$&lt;$Alt-N$&gt;$</tt> or <tt>$&lt;$Meta-N$&gt;$</tt> the ``Network'' page will be activated; on the other hand,
if he presses <tt>$&lt;$Alt-H$&gt;$</tt> or <tt>$&lt;$Meta-H$&gt;$</tt> the ``Hard Disk'' page
will be activated. The TixNoteBook widget will automatically create
the keyboard bindings for these accelerators for us, in a way
similar to what the menu widget does, so there is no need to set the
keyboard bindings ourself.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

59
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Delaying the Creation of New Pages<A NAME=213>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html632 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html630 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html624 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html634 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html633 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_4.html> Changing Page Tabs </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html631 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html625 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_2.html> Keyboard Accelerators</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00041300000000000000> Delaying the Creation of New Pages<A NAME=213>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
If your notebook contains many complicated pages, it may take quite a
while to create all widgets inside these pages and your program will
probably freezes for a few seconds when it pops up the notebook for
the first time. To avoid embarrassing moments like this, we can use
the ``delayed page creation'' feature of the TixNoteBook widget.
<P>When we create a page using the <tt>add</tt> method, we can specify
the optional parameter <tt>-createcmd</tt> so that we only need to
create the page when the user wants to see it. This is illustrated
in program 2-3:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixNoteBook .n<BR>
.n add hd -label &quot;Hard Disk&quot; -underline 0 -createcmd CreateHd<BR>
.n add net -label &quot;Network&quot; -underline 0 -createCmd CreateNet<BR>
<BR>
proc CreateHd {frame} {<BR>
tixControl $frame.access -label &quot;Access Time:&quot;<BR>
tixControl $frame.write -label &quot;Write Throughput:&quot;<BR>
tixControl $frame.read -label &quot;Read Througput:&quot;<BR>
tixControl $frame.capacity -label &quot;Capacity:&quot;<BR>
pack $frame.access $frame.write $frame.read $frame.capacity <BR> -side top -fill x<BR>
}<BR>
<BR>
proc CreateNet {frame} {<BR>
...<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
<P>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 2-3) Delayed Page Creation<A NAME=23>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
In line 2 of program 2-3, we use the <tt>-createcmd</tt>
option to specify that the procedure <tt>CreateHd</tt> should be called
when the ``Hard Disk'' page needs to be created. <tt>CreateHd</tt>
takes one argument, the frame subwidget of the page. As we can see,
program program 2-3 is not very different than program
2-2, except now we can issue less commands during the
set-up of the NoteBook widget and the interface can be started up
more quickly.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

30
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_1_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages<A NAME=214>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html641 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html639 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html635 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html643 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html642 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html640 HREF=subsection3_4_1.html> TixNoteBook</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html636 HREF=subsubsection3_4_1_3.html> Delaying the Creation </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00041400000000000000> Changing Page Tabs and Deleting Pages<A NAME=214>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
To change the information in the tabs of the pages, we can use the
<tt>pageconfigure</tt> method. For example, the following command:
<P><blockquote> <P><tt> .nb pageconfigure hd -label &quot;Fixed Disk&quot;
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>changes the label from ``Hard Disk'' to ``Fixed Disk''. To delete a
page, we can use the <tt>delete</tt> method.
<P>You should avoid using the <tt>pageconfigure</tt> and <tt>delete</tt>. Your users will just feel annoyed if the interface changes
all the time and notebook pages appear and disappear every now and
then.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

59
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=221>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html667 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html665 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html659 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html669 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html668 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html> Putting Widgets Inside </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html666 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html660 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00042100000000000000> Adding Panes Inside a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=221>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
You can create a TixPanedWindow widget using the <tt>tixPanedWindow</tt>
command. After that, you can add panes into this widget using the
<tt>add</tt> method (see program 2-5).
<P>When you use the <tt>add</tt> method, there are several optional
parameters which you can use to control the size of each of the
pane. The <tt>-min</tt> parameter controls the minimum size of the pane
and the <tt>-max</tt> parameter controls its maximum size. These two
parameters controls how much the user can expand or shrink a
pane. If neither is specified, then the pane can be expanded or
shrunk without restrictions.
<P>In addition, the -size parameter specifies the initial size of the
pane. If it is not specified, then the initial size of the pane will
be its natural size.
<P>
In program 2-5, we set the initial size of <tt>pane1</tt> to
100 pixels using the -size parameter. We don't set the <tt>-size</tt>
parameter for <tt>pane2</tt> so it will appear in its natural
size. However, we use the <tt>-max</tt> option for <tt>pane2</tt> so that
the user can never expand the size of <tt>pane2</tt> to more than 300
pixels.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixPanedWindow .p<BR>
.p add pane1 -size 100<BR>
.p add pane2 -max 300<BR>
<BR>
set p1 [.p subwidget pane1]<BR>
button $p1.b1 -text Button1<BR>
button $p1.b2 -text Button2<BR>
pack $p1.b1 $p1.b2 -side left -expand yes<BR>
<BR>
set p2 [.p subwidget pane2]<BR>
button $p2.b -text &quot;Another Button&quot;<BR>
pack $p2.b -side left -expand yes -fill both<BR>
<BR>
pack .p -expand yes -fill both
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 2-5) Adding Panes into a TixPanedWindow Widget<A NAME=25>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

31
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Putting Widgets Inside the Panes<A NAME=222>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html678 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html676 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html670 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html680 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html679 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html> Setting the Order </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html677 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html671 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_1.html> Adding Panes Inside </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00042200000000000000> Putting Widgets Inside the Panes<A NAME=222>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Each pane we have created using the <tt>add</tt> method is essentially
a frame widget. After we have created the panes, we can put widgets
inside them. As shown inside program 2-5, we can use the
<tt>subwidget</tt> method to find out the name of the pane
subwidgets. Then we can just create new widgets as their children
and pack these new widgets inside the panes. The output of program
2-5 is shown in figure 2-6
<P>
<blockquote> <P><P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/container/pane_add.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

32
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Setting the Order of the Panes<A NAME=223>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html689 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html687 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html681 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html691 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html690 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_4.html> Changing the Sizes </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html688 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html682 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_2.html> Putting Widgets Inside </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00042300000000000000> Setting the Order of the Panes<A NAME=223>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Usually, when you create a new pane, it is always added to the
bottom or right of the list of panes. If you want to control the
order in which the panes appear inside the TixPanedWindow widget,
you can use the two optional parameters, <tt>-before</tt> and <tt>-after</tt>, for the <tt>add</tt> method. For example, the call:
<P><blockquote> <P><tt> .p add pane2 -after pane1
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
will place the new pane immediately after <tt>pane1</tt>. The call:
<blockquote> <P><tt> .p add pane2 -before pane1
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
will place the new pane immediately in front of <tt>pane1</tt>.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

33
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_2_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Changing the Sizes of the Panes<A NAME=224>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html698 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html696 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html692 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html700 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html699 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html> The Family of </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html697 HREF=subsection3_4_2.html> PanedWindow</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html693 HREF=subsubsection3_4_2_3.html> Setting the Order </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00042400000000000000> Changing the Sizes of the Panes<A NAME=224>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
If you want to change the sizes of the existing panes or change
their maximum/minimum size constraints, you can use the
<tt>paneconfigure</tt> method. For example, the following code changes the
size of <tt>pane2</tt> to 100 pixels and adjusts its minimum size
constraint to no less than 10 pixels:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> .p paneconfigure pane2 -size 100 -min 10
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
Notice that after you call the <tt>paneconfigure</tt> method, the
PanedWindow may jitter and that may annoy the user. Therefore, use
this method only when it is necessary.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

58
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_3_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> The Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=231>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html720 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html718 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html712 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html722 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html721 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_2.html> Other Scrolled Widgets</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html719 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html> The Family of </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html713 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html> The Family of </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00043100000000000000> The Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=231>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
You can create a scrolled listbox widget using the <tt>tixScrolledListBox</tt>
command. Notice that the widget created by the <tt>tixScrolledListBox</tt>
command is not itself a listbox widget. Rather, it is a frame widget
which contains two scrollbar subwidgets: one is called <tt>hsb</tt> (the
horizontal scrollbar) and the other is called <tt>vsb</tt> (the vertical
scrollbar). Similarly, the listbox being scrolled is also a subwidget
which is appropriately called <tt>listbox</tt>. Therefore, if we need to put
things into the listbox (as we always do!), we can use the <tt>subwidget</tt> method. As shown in program 2-7, we first find
the pathname of the <tt>listbox</tt> subwidget by calling ``<tt>.sl
subwidget listbox</tt>''. Then, we insert some items into the <tt>listbox</tt>
subwidget.
<P>
<P><blockquote> <P><tt> tixScrolledListBox .sl -scrollbar auto<BR>
set listbox [.sl subwidget listbox]<BR>
<BR>
for {set x 0} {$x $&lt;$ 6} {incr x} {<BR>
$listbox insert end &quot;This is item $x&quot;<BR>
}<BR>
<BR>
pack .sl -side left -expand yes -fill both
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 2-7) Scrolled Listbox Widget<A NAME=27>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/container/sl-nobar.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/container/sl-bar.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 2-8) Scrolled ListBox with Automatic Scrollbars<A NAME=28>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
</CENTER>
<P>
Also, as seen in the first line of program 2-7, we use
the <tt>-scrollbar</tt> option to control the scrolling policy of the
TixScrolledListBox widget. Usually, we'll set it to ``<tt>auto</tt>'':
the scrollbars are displayed only if they are needed. Other possible
values are ``<tt>both</tt>'': the two scrollbars are always displayed;
``<tt>x</tt>'': the horizontal scrollbar is always displayed, while the
vertical scrollbar is always hidden; ``<tt>y</tt>'': the opposite of
``<tt>x</tt>''; ``<tt>none</tt>'': the two scrollbars are always
hidden. The result of program 2-7 is shown in figure
2-8.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

62
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_4_3_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Other Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=232>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html729 HREF=section3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html727 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html723 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html731 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html730 HREF=section3_5.html> Tabular Listbox and </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html728 HREF=subsection3_4_3.html> The Family of </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html724 HREF=subsubsection3_4_3_1.html> The Scrolled Listbox </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00043200000000000000> Other Scrolled Widgets<A NAME=232>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The <b>TixScrolledText</b> widget is very similar to the
TixScrolledListBox widget, except it scrolls a text subwidget, which
is called <tt>text</tt>. One problem with the TixScrolledText widget,
though, is its <tt>-scrollbar</tt> option doesn't work in the <b>auto</b> mode. This is due to a bug in Tk which doesn't report the
width of the <b>text</b> subwidget correctly. Until this bug is fixed
in TK, the <b>auto</b> mode will behave the same way as the both mode
for the TixScrolledText widget.
<P>
Another scrolled-widget is <b>TixScrolledWindow</b>. Sometimes you have a
large number of widgets that can't possibly be shown in the screen all at
once and your application doesn't allow you to divide the widgets into
several pages of a TixNoteBook. In this case you can use
TixScrolledWindow. It contains a frame subwidget called <tt>window</tt>. You
can just create as many widgets as you need as children of the <tt>window</tt> subwidget. An example is shown in program 2-9, which uses the
TixScrolledWindow widget to implement a ``cheap'' spreadsheet
application. The boxes of the spreadsheet are just entry widgets and they
are packed inside the <tt>window</tt> subwidget. The user will be able to
scroll to different parts of the spreadsheet if it is too large to fit in
one screen.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixScrolledWindow .sw -scrollbar auto<BR>
set f [.sw subwidget window]<BR>
<BR>
for {set x 0} {$x $&lt;$ 10} {incr x} {<BR>
frame $f.f$x<BR>
pack $f.f$x -side top -expand yes -fill both<BR>
for {set y 0} {$y $&lt;$ 10} {incr y} {<BR>
entry $f.f$x.e$y -width 10<BR>
pack $f.f$x.e$y -side left -fill x<BR>
}<BR>
}<BR>
<BR>
pack .sw -side left -expand yes -fill both
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 2-9) Cheap Spreadsheet Application with TixScrolledWindow<A NAME=29>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
There are two more scrolled-widgets in the Tix library: <b>TixScrolledTList</b> scrolls a TixTList widget and <b>TixScrolledHList</b>
scrolls a TixHList widget. The subwidgets that they scroll are called
<tt>tlist</tt> and <tt>hlist</tt>, respectively. The use of the TList and HList
widgets will be described in the next chapters.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

47
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_2_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Advantages of Display Items<A NAME=321>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html786 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html784 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html778 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html788 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html787 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_2.html> Display Items and </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html785 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html> Display Items</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html779 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html> Display Items</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00052100000000000000> Advantages of Display Items<A NAME=321>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
It is easy to see the advantages of seperating the display items from their
host widgets. First, the display items are easy to learn. Since they are
the same across different types of widgets. Once you learn about a type
of display items, you will know how to use them in all Tix widgets that
support display items (currently these include TixHList, TixTList and the
spreadsheet widget TixGrid, but the number is growing). In contrast, if
you want to create a text item for the Tk widgets, you will find out that
the listbox, text, canvas and entry widget each have a different method
of creating and manipulating text items, and it is quite annoying to
learn each of them individually.
<P>
Second, the hosts widgets that use display items are extensible.
Because of the separation of task, the host widgets are not involved
in the implementation details of the display items. Therefore, if
you add a new type of display items, such as a <tt>animation</tt> type
that displays live video, the host widgets will gladly take them in
and display them. You don't need to modify the existing host widgets
at all. In contrast, if you want to display graphical images in the
existing Tk listbox widgets, you'd better set aside 100 hours to
rewrite it completely!
<P>
Third, display items are good for writers of host widgets. Because
now they just need to implement the arrangement policy of the host
widgets. They don't need to worry about drawing at all because it is
all handled by the display items. This is a significant saving in
code because a widget that does not use display items has to spend
30%of its C code to do the drawing.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

55
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_2_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Display Items and Display Styles<A NAME=322>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html795 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html793 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html789 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html797 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html796 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html794 HREF=subsection3_5_2.html> Display Items</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html790 HREF=subsubsection3_5_2_1.html> Advantages of Display </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00052200000000000000> Display Items and Display Styles<A NAME=322>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The appearance of a display item is controlled by a set of
attributes. For example, the <tt>text</tt> attribute controls the text
string displayed on the item and the <tt>font</tt> attribute specifies
what font should be used.
<P>
Usually, each of the attributes falls into one of two categroies:
``<em>individual</em>'' or ``<em>collective</em>''. For example, each of
the items inside a TixTList widget may display a different text
string; therefore we call the text string an <em>individual
attribute</em>. However, in most cases, the items share the same color,
font and spacing and we call these <em>collective attributes</em>.
<P>
One question concerns where we keep the collective attribute for the
display items. Certainly, we can keep a <tt>font</tt> attribute for each
item, but this is not really an efficient solution. In fact, if all the
items have the same font, we would be keeping a duplicated copy of the
same font for each of the items we create. Since a host widget may have
many thousands of items, keeping thousands of dupilcated copys of the
same font, or any other collective attributes, would be very wasteful.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/relation.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
To avoid the unnecessary duplication of resources, Tix stores the
collective attributes in special objects called <em>display styles</em>. The
relationship between display items and their styles is depicted in figure
3-4. Each item holds its own copy of the individual
attributes, such as <tt>text</tt>. However, the collective attributes are
stored in the style objects. Each item has a special <tt>style</tt>
attribute that tells it which style it should use. In figure 3-4
, since items <em>a</em> and <em>b</em> are assigned the same
style, therefore, they share the same font and color. Item <em>c</em> is
assigned a different style, thus, it uses a different font than <em>a</em>
and <em>b</em>.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

47
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Creating Display Items<A NAME=331>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html821 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html819 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html813 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html823 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html822 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html> Setting the Styles </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html820 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html814 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053100000000000000> Creating Display Items<A NAME=331>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Now it's time to put our knowledge about host widgets, display items
and display styles into practice. The following example code creates
two items in a TixTList widget using the <tt>insert</tt> method:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixTList .t<BR>
pack .t<BR>
<BR>
.t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;First Item&quot; -underline 0<BR>
.t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;Second Item&quot; -underline 0<BR>
<BR>
set picture [image create bitmap -file picture.xbm]<BR>
.t insert end -itemtype image -image $picture</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
As we can see, the <tt>insert</tt> method of TixTList is very similar to the
<tt>insert</tt> method of the standard Tk listbox widget: it inserts a new
item into the TixTList widget. The first argument it takes is the
location of the new item. For example <tt>0</tt> indicates the first
location in the list, <tt>1</tt> indicates the second location, and so
on. Also the special keyword <tt>end</tt> indicates the end of the list.
<P>
Then, we can use the <tt>-itemtype</tt> switch to specify the type of
display item we want to create. There are currently four types of items
to choose from: <tt>text</tt>, <tt>image</tt>, <tt>imagetext</tt> and <tt>window</tt>. In the above example, we create two items of the type <tt>text</tt>
and one item of the type <tt>image</tt>. The subsequent arguments to the
<tt>insert</tt> method set the configuration options of the individual
attributes of the new item.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

75
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Setting the Styles of the Display Items<A NAME=332>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html832 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html830 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html824 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html834 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html833 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html> Configuring and Deleting </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html831 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html825 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_1.html> Creating Display Items</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053200000000000000> Setting the Styles of the Display Items<A NAME=332>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Note that in the above example, if we want to control the foreground color
of the text items, we cannot issue commands such as:
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> .t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;First Item&quot; -foreground black
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
because <tt>-foreground</tt> is not an individual attribute of the text
item. Instead, it is a collective attribute and must be accessed using a
display style object. To do that we can use the command <tt>tixItemStyle</tt> to create display styles, as shown in the following
example:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> set style1 [tixDisplayStyle text -font 8x13]<BR>
set style2 [tixDisplayStyle text -font 8x13bold]<BR>
<BR>
tixTList .t; pack .t<BR>
<BR>
.t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;First Item&quot; -underline 0 <BR> -style $style1<BR>
.t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;Second Item&quot; -underline 0 <BR> -style $style2<BR>
.t insert end -itemtype text -text &quot;Third Item&quot; -underline 0 <BR> -style $style1</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
The first argument of <tt>tixDisplayStyle</tt> specify the type of style we
want to create. Each type of display item needs its own type of display
styles. Therefore, for example, we cannot create a style of type <tt>text</tt> and assign it to an item of type <tt>image</tt>. The subsequent
arguments to <tt>tixDisplayStyle</tt> set the configuration options of the
collective attributes defined by this style. A complete list of the
configuration options of each type of the display style is in figures ???
through ???.
<P>
The <tt>tixDisplayStyle</tt> command returns the names of the newly created
styles to us and we use the variables <tt>style1</tt> and <tt>style2</tt> to
store these names. We can then assign the styles to the display items by
using the names of the styles. As shown in figure 3-5, by
assing these two styles to the <tt>-style</tt> option of the display items,
we assigned a medium-weight font to the first and third item and a bold
font to the second item.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/twofont.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/twofont2.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 3-5) Two Display Styles With Different Fonts<A NAME=35>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
The name of the style returned by <tt>tixDisplayStyle</tt> is also the name
of a command which we can use to control the style. For example, we can
use the following commands to switch the fonts in the two styles we
created in the above example:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> $style1 configure -font 8x13bold<BR>
$style2 configure -font 8x13
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
After the execution of the above command, the font in the second item in
the TixTList widget becomes medium-weight and the font in the first and
third items becomes bold, as shown in figure 3-5.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

31
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Configuring and Deleting the Items<A NAME=333>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html843 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html841 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html835 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html845 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html844 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html> Choosing the Orientation </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html842 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html836 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_2.html> Setting the Styles </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053300000000000000> Configuring and Deleting the Items<A NAME=333>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
You can configure the individual attributes of the items using the <tt>entryconfigure</tt> method. There is also the entrycget method for querying
the attributes of the items. To <tt>delete</tt> the items, you can use the
delete method. In the following example, we use these two methods to
change the first and third items to display the text strings <tt>One</tt>
and <tt>Two</tt> and change the third item to use the style <tt>$style2</tt>. Then we delete the second item using the <tt>delete</tt> command.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> .t entryconfigure 0 -text One<BR>
.t entryconfigure 2 -text Two<BR>
.t delete 1
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

47
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns<A NAME=334>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html854 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html852 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html846 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html856 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html855 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html> Event Handling</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html853 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html847 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_3.html> Configuring and Deleting </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053400000000000000> Choosing the Orientation and Number of Rows or Columns<A NAME=334>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
There are three options that controls the layout of the items in the
TixTList widget. The <tt>-orientation</tt> option can be set to either
vertical or horizontal. When <tt>-orientation</tt> is set to <tt>vertical</tt>,
the items are laid out vertically from top down and wrapped to the next
column when the bottom is reached (see figure 3-6). The opposite layout
policy is chosen if <tt>-orientation</tt> is set to <tt>horizontal</tt> (see
figure 3-6).
<P>
When the <tt>-orientation</tt> option is set to <tt>vertical</tt>, normally
the number of columns displayed depends on the number of items in the
TixTList widget: the more items there are, the more columns will there
be. However, we can use the <tt>-columns</tt> option to control the number
of columns: the items will be wrapped in a way so that the number of
columns produced will be exactly as dicated by the <tt>-columns</tt> option.
<P>
One use of the <tt>-columns</tt> option is to specify the same layout
policy as that of the standard Tk listbox widget. We can do this by
setting <tt>-orientation</tt> to vertical and <tt>-columns</tt> to <tt>1</tt>. This way we can get a replacement listbox widget that can
display multiple fonts and colors and graphics!
<P>
The counterpart of the <tt>-columns</tt> option is the <tt>-rows</tt> option,
which is used for the same purpose when the <tt>-orientation</tt> option is
set to <tt>horizontal</tt>.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/vertical.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/tlist/horizontal.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 3-6) The <tt>-orientation</tt> option of the TixSelect Widget<A NAME=36>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

29
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_5.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Event Handling<A NAME=335>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html865 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html863 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html857 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html867 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html866 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_6.html> Selection</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html864 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html858 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_4.html> Choosing the Orientation </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053500000000000000> Event Handling<A NAME=335>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
You can handle the events in a TList widget using the <tt>-browsecmd</tt> and
<tt>-command</tt> options. The meanings of these two options are silimar to
their meanings in other Tix widgets such as the ComboBox. Usually, the
command specified by <tt>-browsecmd</tt> is called when the user clicks or
drags the mouse over the items or presses the arrow keys. The command
specified by <tt>-command</tt> is called when the user double-clicks or
presses the Return key. These commands are called with one extra
argument - the index of the currently ``active'' item, which is usually
the item under the mouse cursor.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

33
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_5_3_6.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Selection<A NAME=336>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html874 HREF=section3_6.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html872 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html868 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html876 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html875 HREF=section3_6.html> Hierarchical Listbox</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html873 HREF=subsection3_5_3.html> Creating Display Items </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html869 HREF=subsubsection3_5_3_5.html> Event Handling</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00053600000000000000> Selection<A NAME=336>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The <tt>-selectmode</tt> option controls how many items the user can select at
one time. In the <tt>single</tt> and <tt>browse</tt> mode, the user can select
only one item at a time. In the <tt>multiple</tt> and <tt>extended</tt> mode,
the user can select multiple items; the <tt>extended</tt> mode allows
disjoint selections while the <tt>multiple</tt> mode does not.
<P>
Normally, the user selects the items using the mouse or the
keyboard. You can find out which items the user has selected with the
<tt>info selection</tt> method, which returns a list of the currently
selected items. You can also set the selection using the <tt>selection
set</tt> method. For example, the command <tt>.tlist selection set 3</tt>
selects the item whose index is <tt>3</tt>. The command <tt>.tlist
selection set 2 10</tt> selects all the items at index <tt>2</tt> through <tt>10</tt>. The method <tt>selection clear</tt> empties the selection.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

55
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Creating a Hierarchical List<A NAME=411>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html917 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html915 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html909 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html919 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html918 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html> Creating Entries in </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html916 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html910 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00061100000000000000> Creating a Hierarchical List<A NAME=411>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
A TixHList widget can be created by the command <tt>tixHList</tt>. However, most likely, you would want to create a TixHList
with scrollbars attached. Therefore, usually you will use the <tt>tixScrolledHList</tt> command to create a scrolled hierarchical listbox
(line 1 in program 4-2). The <tt>tixScrolledHList</tt>
command is very similar to the <tt>TixScrolledListBox</tt> command we
saw in section 2.3.1. It creates a TixHList subwidget
of the name <tt>hlist</tt> and attaches two scrollbars to it.
<P>
As shown in the first five lines in program 4-2, we
create a scrolled TixHList widget, using the <tt>-options</tt> switch
(see section 1.3.5) to set several options for the <tt>hlist</tt> subwidget (we'll talk about these options shortly). Then, we
can access the HList subwidget widget using the <tt>subwidget
hlist</tt> method (line 7 in program 4-2).
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixScrolledHList .sh -options {<BR>
hlist.itemType text<BR>
hlist.drawBranch false<BR>
hlist.indent 8<BR>
}<BR>
pack .sh -expand yes -fill both<BR>
set hlist [.sh subwidget hlist]<BR>
<BR>
$hlist add foo -text &quot;foo&quot;<BR>
$hlist add foo.bar -text &quot;foo's 1st son&quot;<BR>
$hlist add foo.bor -text &quot;foo's 2nd son&quot;<BR>
$hlist add foo.bar.bao -text &quot;foo's 1st son's 1st son&quot;<BR>
$hlist add foo.bar.kao -text &quot;foo's 1st son's 2nd son&quot;<BR>
$hlist add dor -text &quot;dor, who has no son&quot;
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 4-2) Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=42>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<P><blockquote> <P><P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex1.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

83
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=412>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html928 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html926 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html920 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html930 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html929 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html> Controlling the Layout </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html927 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html921 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_1.html> Creating a Hierarchical </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00061200000000000000> Creating Entries in a HList Widget<A NAME=412>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Each entry in an HList widget has a unique name, called its <em>entry-path</em>, which determines each entry's position in the HList
widget. The entry-paths of the HList entries are very similar to the
pathnames of Unix files. Each entry-path is a list of string names
separated by a <em>separator character</em>. By default, the separator
character is the period character (<tt>.</tt>), but it can be
configured using the <tt>-separator</tt> option of the HList widget.
<P>
In program 4-3, we add several new entries <tt>foo</tt>,
<tt>foo.bar</tt>, <tt>foo.bor</tt>, <tt>foo.bar.bao</tt>, .. etc, into the
HList widget using the <tt>add</tt> method. The relationship between
the entries is signified by their names, in a way similar to how
Unix denotes directories and subdirectories. For example, <tt>foo</tt>
is the <em>parent</em> of <tt>foo.bar</tt> and <tt>foo.bor</tt>; <tt>foo.bar</tt> is the parent of <tt>foo.bar.bao</tt>, and so on. As far as
the terminology goes, we also say that <tt>foo.bar</tt> a <em>child</em>
of <tt>foo</tt>; <tt>foo</tt> is an <em>ancestor</em> of <tt>foo.bar.bao</tt>
and <tt>foo.bar.bao</tt> is a <em>descendant</em> of <tt>foo</tt>.
<P>
The output of program 4-2 is shown in figure
4-3. As we can see, the entries are displayed under
their parents with the amount of indentation control by the <tt>-indent</tt> option of the HList widget: <tt>foo.bar.bao</tt> and <tt>foo.bar.kao</tt> are display under <tt>foo.bar</tt>, which is in turn
displayed under <tt>foo</tt>.
<P>
Entries with no parents, for example, <tt>foo</tt> and <tt>dor</tt> in
program 4-2, are called <em>top-level
entries</em>. Top-level entries are usually entries with no immediate
superiors in a hierarchical. For example, the owner of a company, the
principle of a school or the root directory of a Unix file
system. Toplevel entries are displayed with no indentation.
<P>As evident from program 4-2, all entries who
entry-path does not contain a separator character are top-level
entries. The only exception is the separator character itself is
also a toplevel entry. This makes it easy to display Unix file and
directory names inside the HList widget, as shown in program
4-4.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> set folder [tix getimage folder]<BR>
tixScrolledHList .sh -options {<BR>
hlist.separator /<BR>
hlist.itemType imagetext<BR>
hlist.drawBranch true<BR>
hlist.indent 14<BR>
hlist.wideSelection false<BR>
}<BR>
pack .sh -expand yes -fill both<BR>
set hlist [.sh subwidget hlist]<BR>
<BR>
foreach directory {/ /usr /usr/bin /usr/local /etc /etc/rc.d} {<BR>
$hlist add $directory -image $folder -text $directory<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 4-4) Displaying Directories in a HList Widget<A NAME=44>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<blockquote> <P><P>
<P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/hlist/hlist_ex2.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
Each entry is associated with a display item (see section 3.2
about display items). We can use the <tt>-itemtype</tt>
option of the HList widget to specify the default type of display item
to be created by the the <tt>add</tt> method, as shown in program 4-2
and 4-4. Alternatively, we can also specify
the type of display item using the <tt>-itemtype</tt> option for the <tt>add</tt> method.
<P><HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

26
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Controlling the Layout of the Entries<A NAME=413>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html939 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html937 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html931 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html941 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html940 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_4.html> Handling the Selection </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html938 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html932 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_2.html> Creating Entries in </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00061300000000000000> Controlling the Layout of the Entries<A NAME=413>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
There are two options to control the layout of the entries: the <tt>-showbranch</tt> option specifies whether branch lines should be drawn
between parent entries and their children. The <tt>-indent</tt> option
controls the amount of relative indentation between parent and child
entries. Notice the <tt>-drawbranch</tt> option is turned on in figure 4-5
but turned off in figure 4-3. Usually, you need
to set a bigger indentation when the branches are shown - we used an
indentation of 14 pixels in 4-5 compared to 8 pixels in 4-3
. <P><HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

35
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_6_1_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Handling the Selection and User Event<A NAME=414>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html948 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html946 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html942 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html950 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html949 HREF=subsection3_6_2.html> Creating Collapsible Tree </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html947 HREF=subsection3_6_1.html> TixHList - The </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html943 HREF=subsubsection3_6_1_3.html> Controlling the Layout </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00061400000000000000> Handling the Selection and User Event<A NAME=414>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The handling of the selection and user events for the HList widget
is very similar to the TList widget (see section
3.3.5), except that for the HList widget all the
operations are based on entry-paths, not list indices. The methods
<tt>info selection</tt>, <tt>selection set</tt> and <tt>selection clear</tt>
can be used to query, set or clear the selection; the option <tt>-selectmode</tt> controls how many entries can be selected at a time;
the options <tt>-browsecmd</tt> and <tt>-command</tt> can be used to
specify a command to be called to handle user events.
<P>
There is one more option worth mentioning: the <tt>-wideselection</tt>
option. When set to <tt>true</tt>, the selection highlight will be drawn
across the whole HList widget (see figure 4-3). When set to
false, selection highlight will be drawn as wide as the selected entry
(see figure 4-5). Normally, you would set <tt>-wideselection</tt> to <tt>false</tt> when you use <tt>imagetext</tt> items inside
(as we did in program 4-4).
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

43
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=511>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1002 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1000 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html994 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1004 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1003 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html> The Subwidget in </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1001 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html995 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00071100000000000000> Using the TixFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=511>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
An example of using the TixFileSelectDialog widget is in figure 5-1
. At line 1, we create a TixFileSelectDialog widget and set
the title of the dialog to ``Select A File'' using the <tt>-title</tt>
option. We also use the <tt>-command</tt> option to specify that the
procedure <tt>selectCmd</tt> should be called when the user has selected a
file. <tt>selectCmd</tt> will be called with one parameter, the filename
selected by the user. When the TixFileSelectDialog widget is created, it
is initially not shown on the screen. Therefore, at line 3, we call its
<tt>popup</tt> widget command to place the widget on the screen.
<P>
<P><tt> tixFileSelectDialog .file -title &quot;Select A File&quot; -command selectCmd<BR>
.file subwidget fsbox config -pattern &quot;*.txt&quot; -directory /usr/info<BR>
.file popup<BR>
<BR>
proc selectCmd {filename} {<BR>
puts &quot;You have selected $filename&quot;<BR>
}</tt>
<P><P><CENTER>(Figure 5-1) Using the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=51>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
<blockquote> <P><P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/filesel/fb_comp.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

42
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=512>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1013 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1011 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1005 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1015 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1014 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1012 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1006 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_1.html> Using the TixFileSelectDialog </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00071200000000000000> The Subwidget in the TixFileSelectDialog<A NAME=512>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
We may also want to set other options for the file dialog such as its file
filter and working directory. To do this, we must know the composition of
the TixFileSelectDialog widget. As shown in figure 5-2, the
TixFileSelectDialog contains a subwidget <tt>fsbox</tt> of the type
TixFileSelectBox and a subwidget <tt>bbox</tt> of the type TixStdButtonBox.
<P>
The <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget supports the <tt>-pattern</tt> and <tt>-directory</tt> options. At line 2 of figure 5-1, we use the <tt>-directory</tt> option to tell the <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget to display files in
the directory <tt>/usr/info</tt>; we also use the <tt>-pattern</tt> option to
specify we only want the filenames that has the <tt>txt</tt> extension.
<P>
The <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget also supports the <tt>-selection</tt> option,
which stores the filename currently selected by the user. We can
query this value by the <tt>cget</tt> widget command of the <tt>fsbox</tt>
subwidget.
<P>
Remember that the <tt>-pattern</tt>, <tt>-directory</tt> and <tt>-selection</tt>
options do not belong to the TixFileSelectDialog widget. A common mistake
that people make is to try to configure the non-existent <tt>-pattern</tt>
option of the TixFileSelectDialog, which causes much despair, long error
messages and great loss of self-confidence. <em>Always remember:</em>, when
you want to configure an option, find out whether it belongs to the
widget or its subwidgets.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

35
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=513>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1024 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1022 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1016 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1026 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1025 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html> Specifying File Types </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1023 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1017 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_2.html> The Subwidget in </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00071300000000000000> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget<A NAME=513>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/filesel/exfile.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
The TixExFileSelectDialog widget is very similar to the TixFileSelectDialog
widget. It supports all the options and widget commands of the latter, so
essentially we can just take the program 5-1 and replace the
command <tt>tixFileSelectDialog</tt> in the first line to <tt>tixExFileSelectDialog</tt>.
<P>
The composition of the TixExFileSelectDialog widget is a bit different: it
contains one contains one subwidget, which is also called <tt>fsbox</tt>, of
the type TixExFileSelectBox widget (figure 5-3). Again this
<tt>fsbox</tt> widgets supports all widget options and commands of the <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget in TixFileSelectDialog, so the line 2 of program 5-1
can work for TixExFileSelectDialog widgets without any
change.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

31
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_7_1_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog<A NAME=514>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1035 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1033 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1027 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1037 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1036 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html> 5.1.5 The tix </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1034 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1028 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_3.html> The TixExFileSelectDialog Widget</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00071400000000000000> Specifying File Types for TixExFileSelectDialog<A NAME=514>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The TixExFileSelectBox widget has a ComboBox subwidget marked as
``Select Files of Type:'' (see figure 5-3). This widget
contains some pre-set types of files for the user to choose
from. For example, a word processor program can include choices such
as ``Microsoft Word Documents'' and ``WordPerfect Documents''.
<P>
The TixExFileSelectBox widget has a <tt>-filetypes</tt> option for this
purpose. As shown in line 3 through 7 in program 5-4, the
value for the <tt>-filetypes</tt> option is a list. Each item in the list
should contain two parts. The first part is a list of file patterns and
the second part is the textual name for this type of files.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

43
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_1_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Widget Classes and Widget Instances<A NAME=611>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1112 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1110 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1104 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1114 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1113 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html> What is in </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1111 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1105 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00081100000000000000> Widget Classes and Widget Instances<A NAME=611>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
All the mega-widget classes in Tix, such as TixComboBox and
TixControl, are implemented in the Tix Intrinsics framework. Also,
you can write new <em>widget classes</em> with the Tix Intrinsics. In
the next section, I'll go through all the steps of creating a new
widget class in Tix. I'll illustrate the idea using a new class
``TixArrowButton'' as an example. TixArrowButton is essentially a
button that can display an arrow in one of the for directions
(see figure 6-1).
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><IMG SRC="../gif/tix/oop/arrows.gif">
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
Once you have defined your classes, you can create <em>widget
instances</em> of these classes. For example, the following code will
create four instances of your new TixArrowButton class:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixArrowButton .up -direction n<BR>
tixArrowButton .left -direction e<BR>
tixArrowButton .right -direction w<BR>
tixArrowButton .down -direction s
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

22
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_1_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> What is in a Widget Instance<A NAME=612>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1123 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1121 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1115 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1125 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1124 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html> Variables</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1122 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1116 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_1.html> Widget Classes and </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00081200000000000000> What is in a Widget Instance<A NAME=612>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Each widget instance is composed of three integral parts: variables,
methods and component widgets
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

91
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_2_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Using the tixWidgetClass Command<A NAME=621>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1175 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1173 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1169 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1177 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1176 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html> Writing Methods</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1174 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html> Widget Class Declaration</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1170 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html> Widget Class Declaration</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00082100000000000000> Using the tixWidgetClass Command<A NAME=621>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
We can use the <tt>tixWidgetClass</tt> command to declare a new
class. The syntax is:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixWidgetClass classCommandName {<BR>
-switch value<BR>
-switch value<BR>
....<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
For example, the following is the declaration section of TixArrowButton:
<P>
<P><tt> tixWidgetClass tixArrowButton {<BR>
-classname TixArrowButton<BR>
-superclass tixPrimitive<BR>
-method {<BR>
flash invoke invert<BR>
}<BR>
-flag {<BR>
-direction -state<BR>
}<BR>
-configspec {<BR>
{-direction direction Direction e}<BR>
{-state state State normal}<BR>
}<BR>
-alias {<BR>
{-dir -direction}<BR>
}<BR>
-default {<BR>
{*Button.anchor c}<BR>
{*Button.padX 5}<BR>
}<BR>
}</tt><P><P><CENTER>(Figure 6-2) declaration of the TixArrowButton Class<A NAME=62>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
We'll look at what each option means as I describe the command in
the following sections.
<P>
The first argument for <tt>tixWidgetClass</tt> is the <em>command name</em>
for the widget class (<tt>tixArrowButton</tt>). Command names are used to
create widgets of this class. For example, the code
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixArrowButton .arrow
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
creates a widget instance <tt>.arrow</tt> of the class
TixArrowButton. Also, the command name is used as a prefix of all
the methods of this class. For example, the <tt>Foo</tt> and <tt>Bar</tt>
methods of the class TixArrowButton will be written as <tt>tixArrowButton:Foo</tt> and <tt>tixArrowButton:Bar</tt>.
<P>
The <em>class name</em> of the class (<tt>TixArrowButton</tt>)is specified
by the <tt>-classname</tt> switch inside the main body of the
declaration. The class name is used only to specify options in the
TK option database. For example, the following commands specifies
the TixArrowButton widget instances should have the default value
<tt>up</tt> for their <tt>-direction</tt> option and the default value
<tt>normal</tt> for their <tt>-state</tt> option.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> option add *TixArrowButton.direction up<BR>
option add *TixArrowButton.state normal
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>Notice the difference in the capitalization of the class name
and the command name of the TixArrowButton class: both of them has
the individual words capitalized, but the command name (<tt>tixArrowButton</tt>)starts with a lower case letter while the class name
(<tt>TixArrowButton</tt>) starts with an upper case letter. When you
create your own classes, you should follow this naming convention.
<P>The <tt>-superclass</tt> switch specifies the superclass of the new
widget. In our example, we have set it to <tt>tixPrimitive</tt>. Again,
pay attention to the capitalization: we should use the command name
of the superclass, not its class name.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

31
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_3_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Declaring Public Methods<A NAME=631>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1196 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1194 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1190 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1198 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1197 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1195 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html> Writing Methods</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1191 HREF=subsection3_8_3.html> Writing Methods</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00083100000000000000> Declaring Public Methods<A NAME=631>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
All the methods of a class are by default private methods and cannot
be accessed by the application programmer. If you want to make a
method public, you can include its name in the <tt>-method</tt> section
of the class declaration. In our TixArrowButton example, we have
declared that the methods <tt>flash</tt>, <tt>invert</tt> and <tt>invoke</tt>
are public methods and they can be accessed by the application
programmer. All other methods of the TixArrowButton class will be
private.
Usually, the names of private methods start with a capital letter
with individual words capitalized. The names of public methods
start with a lowercase letter.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

34
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> The InitWidgetRec Method<A NAME=641>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1223 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1221 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1215 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1225 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1224 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html> Chaining Methods</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1222 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1216 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00084100000000000000> The InitWidgetRec Method<A NAME=641>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The purpose of the <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt> method is to initialize the
variables of the widget instance. For example, the following
implementation of <tt>tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</tt> sets the <tt>count</tt> variable of each newly created instance to zero.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec {w} {<BR>
upvar #0 $w data<BR>
<BR>
set data(count) 0<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>Earlier, we showed how each widget you create is associated with an
array of the same name. Within the methods, you always refer to
this array through the name <tt>data</tt> -the method then works
properly in each instance of the widget.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

41
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> The ConstructWidget Method<A NAME=642>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1256 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1254 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1248 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1258 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1257 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_5.html> The SetBindings Method</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1255 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1249 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html> The tixChainMethod call</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00084400000000000000> The ConstructWidget Method<A NAME=642>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The <tt>ConstructWidget</tt> method is used to creates the components
of a widget instance. In the case of TixArrowButton, we want to
create a new button subwidget, whose name is <tt>button</tt>, and use a
bitmap to display an arrow on this button. Assuming the bitmap files
are stored in the files <tt>up.xbm</tt>, <tt>down.xbm</tt>, <tt>left.xbm</tt>
and <tt>right.xbm</tt>, the string substitution <tt>@$data(-direction).xbm</tt> will give us the appropriate bitmap
depending on the current direction option of the widget instance.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:ConstructWidget {w} {<BR>
upvar #0 $w data<BR>
<BR>
tixChainMethod $w ConstructWidget<BR>
<BR>
set data(w:button) [button $w.button -bitmap @$data(-direction).xbm]<BR>
pack $data(w:button) -expand yes -fill both<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>The <tt>tixArrowButton:ConstructWidget</tt> method shown above sets
the variable <tt>data(w:button)</tt> to be the pathname of the <tt>button</tt> subwidget. As a convention of the Tix Intrinsics, we must
declare a public subwidget <em>swid</em> by storing its pathname in the
variable <tt>data(w:</tt><em>swid</em><tt>)</tt>.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

45
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_4_5.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> The SetBindings Method<A NAME=643>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1265 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1263 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1259 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1267 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1266 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html> Declaring and Using </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1264 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1260 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html> The ConstructWidget Method</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00084500000000000000> The SetBindings Method<A NAME=643>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
In your interface, you want to handle a lot of events in the
subwidgets that make up your mega-widget. For instance, when
somebody presses the button in a TixArrowButton widget, you want the
button to handle the event. The <tt>SetBindings</tt> method is used to
creates event bindings for the components inside the mega-widget. In
our TixArrowButton example, we use the bind command to specify that
the method <tt>tixArrowButton:IncrCount</tt> should be called each
time when the user presses the first mouse button. As a result, we
can count the number of times the user has pressed on the button
(obviously for no better reasons than using it as a dumb example).
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:SetBindings {w} {<BR>
upvar #0 $w data<BR>
<BR>
tixChainMethod $w SetBindings<BR>
<BR>
bind $data(w:button) $&lt;$1$&gt;$ &quot;tixArrowButton:IncrCount $w&quot;<BR>
}<BR>
<BR>
proc tixArrowButton:IncrCount {w} {<BR>
upvar #0 $w data<BR>
<BR>
incr data(count)<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

49
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_5_1.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Initialization of Public Variables<A NAME=651>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1291 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1289 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1283 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1293 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1292 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html> Type Checker</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1290 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html> Declaring and Using </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1284 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html> Declaring and Using </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00085100000000000000> Initialization of Public Variables<A NAME=651>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
When a widget instance is created, all of its public variables are
initialized by the Tix Intrinsics before the <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt>
method is called. Therefore, <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt> and any other
method of this widgte instance are free to assume that all the
public variables have been properly initialized and use them as
such.
<P>The public variables are initialized by the following criteria.
<P>
<blockquote> <UL><P><LI><P>Step 1: If the value of the variable is specified by the
creation command, this value is used. For example, if the
application programmer has created an instance in the following way:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixArrowButton .arr -direction n
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>The value <tt>n</tt> will be used for the -direction variable.
<P><LI><P>Step 2: if step 1 fails but the value of the variable is
specified in the options database, that value is used. For example,
if the user has created an instance in the following way:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> option add *TixArrowButton.direction w<BR>
tixArrowButton .arr
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>The value <tt>w</tt> will be used for the <tt>-direction</tt> variable.
<P><LI><P>Step3: if step 2 also fails, the default value specified in
the <tt>-configspec</tt> secton of the class declaration will be used.
<P></UL>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

78
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsection3_8_5_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Public Variable Configuration Methods<A NAME=652>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1313 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1311 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1305 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1315 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1314 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_4.html> Configuration Methods and </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1312 HREF=subsection3_8_5.html> Declaring and Using </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1306 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_5_2.html> Type Checker</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00085300000000000000> Public Variable Configuration Methods<A NAME=652>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
After a widget instance is created, the user can assign new values
to the public variables using the configure method. For example, the
following code changes the <tt>-direction</tt> variable of the <tt>.arr</tt> instance to <tt>n</tt>.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> .arr configure -direction n
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>In order for configuration to work, you have to define a
configuration method that does what the programmer expects. The
configuration method of a public variable is invoked whenever the
user calls the configure method to change the value of this
variable. The name of a configuration method must be the name of the
public variable prefixed by the creation command of the class and
<tt>:config</tt>. For example, the name configuration method for the
<tt>-direction</tt> variable of the TixArrowButton class is <tt>tixArrowButton:config-direction</tt>. The following code implements
this method:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:config-direction {w value} {<BR>
upvar #0 $w data<BR>
<BR>
$data(w:button) config -bitmap @$value.xbm<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>Notice that when <tt>tixArrowButton:config-direction</tt> is called,
the <tt>value</tt> parameter contains the new value of the <tt>-direction</tt> variable but <tt>data(-direction)</tt> contains the <tt>old</tt> value. This is useful when the configuration method needs to
check the previous value of the variable before taking in the new
value.
<P>If a type checker is defined for a variable, it will be called
before the configuration method is called. Therefore, the
configuration method can assume that the type of the <tt>value</tt>
parameter is got is always correct.
<P>Sometimes it is necessary to override the value supplied by the
user. The following code illustrates this idea:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:config-direction {w value} {<BR>
upvar #0 $w data<BR>
<BR>
if {$value == &quot;n&quot;} {<BR>
set value s<BR>
set data(-direction) $value<BR>
}<BR>
<BR>
$data(w:button) config -bitmap @$value.xbm<BR>
return $data(-direction)<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>Notice the above code always overrides values of <tt>n</tt> to <tt>s</tt>. If you need to override the value, you must do the following two
things:
<P>
<blockquote> <UL><P><LI><P>Explicitly set the instance variable inside the configuration
method (the <tt>set data(-direction) $value</tt> line).
<P><LI><P>Return the modified value from the configuration method.
</UL>
</blockquote>
<P>If you do not need to override the value, you don't need to return
anything from the configuration method. In this case, the Tix
Intrinsics will assign the new value to the instance variable for
you.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

41
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_2_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Disabling Callbacks Temporarily<A NAME=1221>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html310 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html308 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html302 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html312 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html311 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_4.html> Validating User Inputs</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html309 HREF=subsection3_3_2.html> Getting Started: the </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html303 HREF=subsubsection3_3_2_2.html> Accessing The Value </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00032300000000000000> Disabling Callbacks Temporarily<A NAME=1221>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Now, if you want to change a value from within the program, you have to
disable the callback. The reason is that the callback runs whenever you
(as well as the user) makes a change. In particular, if you make a change
within the callback procedure and forget to disable the callback, it will
recursively call itself and enter an infinite loop. To avoid this
problem, you should use the <tt>-disablecallback</tt> option. Here is an
example:
<P>
<tt> tixControl .c -command addOne<BR>
<BR>
proc addOne {value} {<BR>
.c config -disablecallback true<BR>
.c config -value [incr value]<BR>
.c config -disablecallback false<BR>
}</tt>
<P>
The procedure <tt>addOne</tt> adjusts the value of <tt>.c</tt> by one whenever
the user enters a new value into <tt>.c</tt>. Notice that it is necessary to
set <tt>-disablecallback</tt> here or otherwise <tt>addOne</tt> will be
infinitely recursed! That is because <tt>addOne</tt> is called <em>every
time</em> the value changes, either by the user or by the program.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

27
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Label and Orientation<A NAME=1511>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html507 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html505 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html499 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html509 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html508 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html> Creating the Button </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html506 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html500 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_1.html> Creating A TixSelect </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035200000000000000> Label and Orientation<A NAME=1511>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
As shown in program 1-11, with the <tt>-label</tt>
option, we can put a label next to the button subwidgets as the
caption of the TixSelect widget. We can also control the layout of
the button subwidgets using the <tt>-orientation</tt> option. The <tt>-orientation</tt> option can have two values: <tt>horizontal</tt> (the
default value) or <tt>vertical</tt>, and the buttons are lied up
accordingly. Figure 1-12 shows the output of a
TixSelect widget whose <tt>-orientation</tt> is set to <tt>vertical</tt>.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

45
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring
Their Appearance<A NAME=1512>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html518 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html516 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html510 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html520 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html519 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html> Accessing the Button </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html517 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html511 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_2.html> Label and Orientation</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035300000000000000> Creating the Button Subwidgets and Configuring
Their Appearance<A NAME=1512>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
After we have created the TixSelect widget, we can create the button
subwidgets inside the TixSelect widget by the <tt>add</tt> widget
command (lines 2-4 of program 1-11).
<P>
The first argument to the <tt>add</tt> command is the name of the button
subwidget. Additional arguments can be given in <em>option-value</em> pairs
to configure the appearance of the button subwidget. These <em>option-value</em> pairs can be any of those accepted by a normal TK button
widget. As shown in program 1-11, we use the <tt>-text</tt>
option to put appropriate text strings over the three button subwidgets.
<P>
Notice that we also set the <tt>-width</tt> option of all the button
subwidgets to 6 characters. This way, the three buttons will have
the same width. If we didn't set the <tt>-width</tt> option for the
button widgets, they will have different widths, depending on their
text string, and the result would look less esthetically pleasing
than buttons with same widths.
<P>
The output of program 1-11 is shown in figure
1-12
<P>
<blockquote> <P><CENTER><P><IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/intro/select1.gif"> <IMG ALIGN="LEFT" SRC="../gif/tix/intro/select-vert.gif"><BR CLEAR=LEFT><CENTER>(Figure 1-12) The TixSelect Widget<A NAME=112>&nbsp;</A></CENTER><P>
</CENTER>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

47
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_3_5_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Accessing the Button Subwidgets<A NAME=1513>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html529 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html527 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html521 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html531 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html530 HREF=subsubsection3_3_5_5.html> Specifying Selection Rules</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html528 HREF=subsection3_3_5.html> The TixSelect Widget</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html522 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_3_5_3.html> Creating the Button </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00035400000000000000> Accessing the Button Subwidgets<A NAME=1513>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
We have already seen the concept of subwidgets and how they can be
accessed in section 1.3.1 - when we create a Tix
mega-widget, some subwidgets are created for us automatically. For
example, the label and entry subwidgets inside a TixControl widget.
We can access these subwidgets in a multitude of ways, including
using the subwidget method.
<P>
One thing about the subwidgets we saw in section 1.3.1 is
that they are ``static'', meaning they are created when the mega-widget is
created and they remain there for the whole lifetime of the mega-widget.
<P>
The TixSelect widget takes us to a new concept: <em>dynamic
subwidgets</em> are subwidgets that can be created on-the-fly. After we
add a new button into the TixSelect widget, we get a new
subwidget. The name of this new subwidget is given by the first
parameter passed to the <tt>add</tt> method. As the following code
demonstrates, we can access this new subwidget using the <tt>subwidget</tt> method:
<P>
<blockquote> <tt> tixSelect .s<BR>
.s add apple -text Apple<BR>
.s add orange -text Orange<BR>
# Mmmm..., let's make the widget look more educated<BR>
# by using French words<BR>
.s subwidget apple config -text Pomme<BR>
.s subwidget orange config -text Orange
</tt>
</blockquote>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

77
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_7_1_5.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> 5.1.5 The <b><tt>tix filedialog</tt></b> Command<A NAME=515>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1044 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1042 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1038 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1046 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1045 HREF=subsection3_7_2.html> Selecting Directories with </A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1043 HREF=subsection3_7_1.html> File Selection Dialog </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1039 HREF=subsubsection3_7_1_4.html> Specifying File Types </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00071500000000000000> 5.1.5 The <b><tt>tix filedialog</tt></b> Command<A NAME=515>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
TixExFileSelectDialog and TixFileSelectDialog are very similar to
each other. So which one should we use? That is just a matter of
taste. However, since we know that programmers usually have bad
taste, clever programmers would rather step aside and let the users
exercise their own taste. To do this, we can use the <tt>tix
filedialog</tt> command.
<P>
For any programs based on Tix, the user can choose his preferred
type of file dialog by setting the X resource <tt>FileDialog</tt> to
either <tt>tixFileSelectDialog</tt> or <tt>tixExFileSelectDialog</tt>.
This can usually be done by inserting a line similar to the
following into the user's <tt>.Xdefaults</tt> file:
<blockquote> <P><tt> *myapp*FileDialog: tixExFileSelectDialog
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
When we call the command <tt>tix filedialog</tt>, it will return a file
dialog widget of the user's preferred type.
<P>
The advantage of using <tt>tix filedialog</tt> is it makes coding
flexible. If the management suddenly mandates that we dump the Motif
look-and-feel in favor of the MS Windows look-and-feel, we don't need to
dig up every line of <tt>tixFileSelectDialog</tt> calls and replace it with
<tt>tixExFileSelectDialog</tt>. Also, <tt>tix filedialog</tt> creates only one
copy of the file dialog, which can be shared by different parts of the
program. Therefore, we can avoid creating a separate file dialog widget
for each of the ``Open'', ``Save'' and ``Save As'' commands in our
application. This way, we can save resource since a file dialog is a
large widget and it takes up quite a bit of space.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> set dialog [tix filedialog]<BR>
$dialog -title &quot;Select A File&quot; -command selectCmd<BR>
$dialog subwidget fsbox config -pattern &quot;*.txt&quot; -directory /usr/info<BR>
if {[winfo class $dialog] == &quot;TixExFileSelectDialog&quot;} {<BR>
$dialog subwidget fsbox config -filetypes {<BR>
{\*} {* - All files}\<BR>
{\*.txt} {*.txt - Text files}\<BR>
{\*.c} {*.c - C source files}\<BR>
}<BR>
}<BR>
$dialog popup<BR>
<BR>
proc selectCmd {filename} {<BR>
puts &quot;You have selected $filename&quot;<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P><CENTER>(Figure 5-4) Using the <tt>tix dialog</tt> command<A NAME=54>&nbsp;</A>
</CENTER>
<P>
The use of the <tt>tix filedialog</tt> command is shown in program 5-4
. This program is very similar to what we saw in program 5-1
, except now we aren't really sure which type of file dialog
the user have chosen. Therefore, if we want to do something allowed for
only one type of file dialogs, we have to be careful. At line 4 of
program 5-4, we use the <tt>winfo</tt> command to see whether
the type of the file dialog is TixExFileSelectDialog. If so, we set the
value for the <tt>-filetypes</tt> option of its <tt>fsbox</tt> subwidget.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

44
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Variables<A NAME=6121>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1134 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1132 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1126 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1136 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1135 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html> Methods</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1133 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1127 HREF=subsubsection3_8_1_2.html> What is in </A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00081300000000000000> Variables<A NAME=6121>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
Each widget instance is associated with a set of variables. In the
example of an instance of the TixArrowButton class, we may use a
variable to store the direction to which the arrow is pointing
to. We may also use a variable to count how many times the user has
pressed the button.
<P>
Each variable can be public or private. Public variables may be
accessed by the application programmer (usually via <tt>configure</tt>
or cget <tt>methods</tt>) and their names usually start with a dash
(<tt>-</tt>). They usually are used to represent some user-configurable
options of the widget instance. Private variables, on the other
hand, cannot be accessed by the application programmer. They are
usually used to store information about the widget instance that are
of interests only to the widget writer.
<P>
All the variables of an instance are stored in a global array that
has the same name as the instance. For example, the variables of the
instance <tt>.up</tt> are stored in the global array <tt>.up:</tt>. The
public variable <tt>-direction</tt>, which records the direction to
which the arrow is pointing to, is stored in <tt>.up(-direction)</tt>.
The private variable <tt>count</tt>, which counts how many times the
user has pressed the button, is stored in <tt>.up(count)</tt>. In
comparison, the same variables of the <tt>.down</tt> instance are
stored in <tt>.down(-direction)</tt> and <tt>.down(count)</tt>.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

34
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Methods<A NAME=6122>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1145 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1143 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1137 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1147 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1146 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html> Component Widgets</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1144 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1138 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_3.html> Variables</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00081400000000000000> Methods<A NAME=6122>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
To carry out operations on the widget, you define a set of
procedures called <em>methods</em> (to use common object-oriented
terminology). Each method can be declared as public or private. <em>Public methods</em> can be called by the application programmer. For
example, if the TixArrowButton class supports the public methods
<tt>invoke</tt> and <tt>invert</tt>, the application programmer can issue
the commands to call these method for the widget instance <tt>.up</tt>.
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> .up invert<BR>
.up invoke
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>
In contrast, <em>Private methods</em> are of interests only to widget
writers and cannot be called by application programmers.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

31
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_1_5.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Component Widgets<A NAME=6123>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1154 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1152 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1148 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1156 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1155 HREF=subsection3_8_2.html> Widget Class Declaration</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1153 HREF=subsection3_8_1.html> Introduction to Tix </A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1149 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_1_4.html> Methods</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00081500000000000000> Component Widgets<A NAME=6123>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
A Tix mega-widget is composed of one or more component
widgets. The main part of a mega-widget is called the <em>root
widget</em>, which is usually a frame widget that encompasses all other
component widgets. The other component widgets are called <em>subwidgets</em>.
<P>The root widget has the same name as the the mega-widget itself. In
the above example, we have a mega-widget called <tt>.up</tt>. It has a
root widget which is a frame widget and is also called <tt>.up</tt>. Inside <tt>.up</tt> we have a button subwidget called <tt>.up.button</tt>.
<P>Similar to variables and methods, component widgets are also
classified into public and private component widgets. Only public
widgets may be accessed by the application programmer, via the <tt>subwidget</tt> method (see section 1.3.1) of each widget
instance.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

44
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Chaining Methods<A NAME=6411>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1234 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1232 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1226 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1236 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1235 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html> The tixChainMethod call</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1233 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1227 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_1.html> The InitWidgetRec Method</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00084200000000000000> Chaining Methods<A NAME=6411>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The above implementation is not sufficient because our
TixArrowButton class is derived from TixPrimitive. The class
derivation in Tix is basically an <em>is-a</em> relationship:
TixArrowButton <em>is a</em> TixPrimitive. TixPrimitive defines the
method <tt>tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec</tt> which sets up the instance
variables of every instance of TixPrimitive. Since an instance of
TixArrowButton is also an instance of TixPrimitive, we need to make
sure that the instance variables defined by TixPrimitive are also
properly initialized. The technique of calling a method defined in a
superclass is called the <em>chaining</em> of a method. The following
implementation does this correctly:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec {w} {<BR>
upvar #0 $w data<BR>
<BR>
tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec $w<BR>
set data(count) 0<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>Notice that <tt>tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec</tt> is called before anything
else is done. This way, we can define new classes by means of
successive refinement: we can first ask the superclass to set up the
instance variables, then we can modify some of those variables when
necessary and also define new variables.
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

80
docs/html/TixBook/subsubsectionstar3_8_4_3.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
<HEAD>
<TITLE> The tixChainMethod call<A NAME=6412>&nbsp;</A></TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000ff" VLINK="#000080">
<FONT FACE="Tahoma, Arial, Helvetica">
<HR> <A NAME=tex2html1245 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/next_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1243 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/up_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1237 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/previous_motif.gif"></A> <A NAME=tex2html1247 HREF=tableofcontents3_1.html><IMG ALIGN=MIDDLE SRC="../gif/icons/contents_motif.gif"></A> <BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1246 HREF=subsubsection3_8_4_4.html> The ConstructWidget Method</A>
<B>Up:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1244 HREF=subsection3_8_4.html> Standard Initialization Methods</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME=tex2html1238 HREF=subsubsectionstar3_8_4_2.html> Chaining Methods</A>
<HR> <P>
<A NAME=Contents>&nbsp;</A><H3><A NAME=SECTION00084300000000000000> The tixChainMethod call<A NAME=6412>&nbsp;</A></A></H3>
<P>
The above implementation of <tt>tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</tt> is
correct but it may be cumbersome if we want to switch
superclasses. For example, suppose we want to create a new base class
TixArrowWidget, which presumably defines common attributes of any
class that have arrows in them. Then, instead of deriving
TixArrowButton directly from TixPrimitive, we decide to derive
TixArrowButton from TixArrowWidget, which is in turn derived from
TixPrimitive:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixWidgetClass tixArrowWidget {<BR>
-superclass tixPrimitive<BR>
...<BR>
}<BR>
tixWidgetClass tixArrowButton {<BR>
-superclass tixArrowWidget<BR>
...<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>Now we would need to change all the method chaining calls in
TixArrowButton from:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixPrimitive:SomeMethod
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>to:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixArrowWidget:SomeMethod
</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>This may be a lot of work because you may have chained methods in many
places in the original implementation of TixArrowButton.
<P>The <tt>tixChainMethod</tt> command solves this problem. It will
automatically find a superclass that defines the method we want to
chain and calls this method for us. For example, the following is a
better implementation of <tt>tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec</tt> that
uses <tt>tixChainMethod</tt> to avoid calling <tt>tixPrimitive:InitWidgetRec</tt> directly:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixArrowButton:InitWidgetRec {w} {<BR>
upvar #0 $w data<BR>
<BR>
tixChainMethod $w InitWidgetRec<BR>
set data(count) 0<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>Notice the order of the arguments for tixChainMethod: the name of
the instance, <tt>$w</tt>, is passed before the method we want to
chain, <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt>. In general, if the method we want to
chain has $1+n$arguments:
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> proc tixPrimitive:MethodToChain {w arg1 arg2 ... argn} {<BR>
...<BR>
}</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>We call it with the arguments in the following order
<P>
<blockquote> <P><tt> tixChainMethod $w MethodToChain $arg1 $arg2 ... $argn</tt>
<P></blockquote>
<P>We'll come back to more detailed discussion of <tt>tixChainMethod</tt>
shortly. For the time being, let's take it for granted that <tt>tixChainMethod</tt> must be used in the three standard initialization
methods: <tt>InitWidgetRec</tt>, <tt>ConstructWidget</tt> and <tt>SetBindings</tt>
<P>
<HR>
</FONT>
</BODY>
<P><ADDRESS>
<A HREF=http://tix.sourceforge.net>http://tix.sourceforge.net</A><BR>
</ADDRESS>

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More